Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

in+this+form+of+words

  • 101 tal

    adj.
    1 such (semejante, tan grande).
    ¡jamás se vio cosa tal! you've never seen such a thing!
    lo dijo con tal seguridad que… he said it with such conviction that…
    su miedo era tal o tal era su miedo que… so great o such was her fear that…, she was so afraid that…
    en tal caso in such a case
    dijo cosas tales como… he said things like…
    2 such and such.
    a tal hora at such and such a time
    pron.
    such a thing (alguna cosa).
    * * *
    2 (tan grande) such, so
    ■ tal es su ignorancia que... he is so ignorant that...
    3 (cosa sin especificar) such and such
    4 (persona sin especificar) someone called, a certain
    1 (alguno - cosa) such a thing, something; (- persona) someone, somebody
    1 (así) in such a way, so
    \
    como si tal cosa as if nothing had happened
    como tal as such
    de tal manera que in such a way that
    de tal palo tal astilla like father, like son
    no hay tal como... there's nothing like...
    ¿qué tal? how are things?
    ¿qué tal...? how... ?
    ■ ¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?
    tal cual just as it is
    tal para cual two of a kind
    tal vez perhaps, maybe
    tal y como just as, as
    ■ tal y como veo las cosas... as I see things...
    y tal y cual and so on
    una tal familiar prostitute
    * * *
    1. adj.
    1) such
    2) said
    •
    2. adv.
    so, thus
    3. pron.
    * * *
    1. ADJ
    1) [en relación con algo ya mencionado] such

    hace diez años, tal día como hoy — on the same day ten years ago, ten years ago today

    el tal cura resultó estar casado — this priest (we were talking about) o pey this priest person turned out to be married

    cosa 4), palo 1)
    2) [indicando extrañeza o exageración] such

    con tal atrevimiento — with such a cheek, so cheekily

    ¡había tal confusión en el aeropuerto! — it was total chaos at the airport!

    3) [indicando indeterminación]

    tal día, a tal hora — on such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a time

    vivía en la calle tal, en el número cual — she lived in such-and-such a street at such-and-such a number

    un tal García — one García, a man called García or something pey

    2. PRON
    1) (=persona indeterminada)

    esa es una tal — pey she's a tart *

    es su padre, y como tal, es responsable de su hijo — he's his father, and as such he is responsible for his son

    fulano
    2) (=cosa indeterminada)

    no haré tal — I won't do anything of the sort, I'll do no such thing

    • y tal * —

    había pinchos, bebidas y tal — there were snacks and drinks and things

    estábamos charlando y tal, y de pronto me dio un beso — we were just chatting and so on, when suddenly he kissed me

    • tal y cual, teníamos prisa, pero entre tal y cual tardamos una hora — we were in a hurry, but between one thing and another it took us an hour

    es muy simpática y tal y cual, pero no me gusta — she's very nice and all that, but I don't like her

    me dijo que si tal y que si cual, pero no pudo convencerme — he said this, that and the other, but he wasn't able to convince me

    3. ADV
    1) [en comparaciones]

    • tal como, estaba tal como lo dejé — it was just as I had left it

    tal y como están las cosas, no creo que sea buena idea — as things are o given the current state of affairs, I don't think it would be a good idea

    tal y como están las cosas, es mejor que nos vayamos — under the circumstances, it would be better if we left

    • tal cual, déjalo tal cual — leave it just as it is

    tal la madre, cual la hija — like mother, like daughter

    • tal que, tomaremos algo ligero tal que una tortilla — we'll have something light such as o like an omelette

    2) [en preguntas]

    ¿qué tal? — how's things?, how are you?

    ¿qué tal el partido? — what was the game like?, how was the game?

    ¿qué tal tu tío? — how's your uncle?

    ¿qué tal estás? — how are you?

    ¿qué tal estoy con este vestido? — how do I look in this dress?

    ¿qué tal has dormido? — how did you sleep?

    ¿qué tal es físicamente? — what does she look like?

    ¿qué tal si lo compramos? — why don't we buy it?, suppose we buy it?

    3)

    • tal vez — perhaps, maybe

    son, tal vez, las mejores canciones del disco — they are perhaps o maybe o possibly the best songs on the album

    -¿crees que ganarán? -tal vez — "do you think they'll win?" - "perhaps o maybe o they may do"

    4)

    • con tal de, hace lo que sea con tal de llamar la atención — he'll do anything to attract attention

    • con tal de que — provided (that), as long as

    con tal de que no me engañes — provided (that) o as long as you don't deceive me

    con tal de que regreséis antes de las once — provided (that) o as long as you get back before eleven

    * * *
    I
    1) ( dicho) such

    era tal su desesperación que... — such was his despair that...

    se llevó tal disgusto que... — she was so upset (that)...

    había tal cantidad de gente que... — there were so many people that...

    3) ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such

    tal día en tal lugar such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a place; llamó un tal Méndez — a Mr Méndez phoned

    II

    si quieres trato de adulto, compórtate como tal — if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one

    son tal para cual — (fam) he's just as bad as she is, they're as bad as each other

    III
    1) (fam) ( en preguntas)

    hola ¿qué tal? — hello, how are you?

    ¿qué tal es Marisa? — what's Marisa like?

    ¿qué tal lo pasaron? — how did it go?

    con tal de + inf: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention; con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back; con tal (de) que + subj: con tal (de) que nadie se entere as long as no one finds out; con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas as long as o provided you give it back (to me); tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are; hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you; tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words; lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was; tal vez maybe; tal vez venga maybe he'll come; pensé que tal vez querrías — I thought you might want to

    * * *
    = such.
    Ex. Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.
    ----
    * aceptar tal cual = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * a tal efecto = to this effect.
    * a tales efectos = hereto.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * con tal de que + Subjuntivo = providing (that).
    * con tal de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.
    * copiar tal cual = lift + wholesale and unmodified.
    * de modo tal que = so much so that.
    * de tal envergadura = such that, of such magnitude.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * de tal manera que = so that.
    * de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.
    * de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.
    * de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.
    * de tal naturaleza = such that.
    * de tal palo tal astilla = a chip off the old block, like father, like son.
    * fulano de tal = so-and-so.
    * hasta tal grado que = so much so that.
    * hasta tal punto + Adjetivo = such a + Nombre.
    * hasta tal punto que = to a point where.
    * no existir como tal = there + be + no such thing as.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal como es = warts and all.
    * tal como lo conocemos = as we know it.
    * tal cual = unaltered, uncritically, unmodified, unedited, warts and all, just as, like that, like this.
    * tal o cual = such and such.
    * tal que = such that.
    * tal vez = perhaps.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tal y cual = such and such.
    * * *
    I
    1) ( dicho) such

    era tal su desesperación que... — such was his despair that...

    se llevó tal disgusto que... — she was so upset (that)...

    había tal cantidad de gente que... — there were so many people that...

    3) ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such

    tal día en tal lugar such-and-such a day, at such-and-such a place; llamó un tal Méndez — a Mr Méndez phoned

    II

    si quieres trato de adulto, compórtate como tal — if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one

    son tal para cual — (fam) he's just as bad as she is, they're as bad as each other

    III
    1) (fam) ( en preguntas)

    hola ¿qué tal? — hello, how are you?

    ¿qué tal es Marisa? — what's Marisa like?

    ¿qué tal lo pasaron? — how did it go?

    con tal de + inf: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention; con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back; con tal (de) que + subj: con tal (de) que nadie se entere as long as no one finds out; con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas as long as o provided you give it back (to me); tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are; hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you; tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words; lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was; tal vez maybe; tal vez venga maybe he'll come; pensé que tal vez querrías — I thought you might want to

    * * *
    = such.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.

    * aceptar tal cual = take + Nombre + at face value, accept + Nombre + at face value.
    * a tal efecto = to this effect.
    * a tales efectos = hereto.
    * como si tal cosa = be right as rain, unfazed, just like that.
    * como tal = as such, in this capacity, qua.
    * con tal de que + Subjuntivo = providing (that).
    * con tal de que + Subjuntivo = provided (that), as long as.
    * copiar tal cual = lift + wholesale and unmodified.
    * de modo tal que = so much so that.
    * de tal envergadura = such that, of such magnitude.
    * de tal forma que + ser/estar = in such form as to + be.
    * de tal manera que = so that.
    * de tal modo que = in such a way that, so.
    * de tal modo que raya en lo ridículo = ridiculously.
    * de tal modo que + Subjuntivo = in such a way as to + Infinitivo.
    * de tal naturaleza = such that.
    * de tal palo tal astilla = a chip off the old block, like father, like son.
    * fulano de tal = so-and-so.
    * hasta tal grado que = so much so that.
    * hasta tal punto + Adjetivo = such a + Nombre.
    * hasta tal punto que = to a point where.
    * no existir como tal = there + be + no such thing as.
    * tal como = such as, such + Nombre + as, just as.
    * tal como es = warts and all.
    * tal como lo conocemos = as we know it.
    * tal cual = unaltered, uncritically, unmodified, unedited, warts and all, just as, like that, like this.
    * tal o cual = such and such.
    * tal que = such that.
    * tal vez = perhaps.
    * tal y como aparece = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como es/son = as it/they stand(s).
    * tal y como + ser = in + Posesivo + true colours.
    * tal y cual = such and such.

    * * *
    tal1
    A
    (dicho): no existía tal tesoro, todo era fruto de su imaginación there was no such treasure, he had made it all up
    yo nunca he dicho tal cosa I have never said anything of the kind o anything of the sort
    nunca recibí tales instrucciones I never received any such instructions
    B
    (seguido de consecuencia): su desesperación era tal or era tal su desesperación que llegó a pensar en el suicidio his despair was such o such was his despair that he even contemplated suicide
    se llevó tal disgusto or se llevó un disgusto tal que estuvo llorando toda la tarde she was so upset (that) she spent the whole afternoon crying
    había tal cantidad de gente que no pudimos entrar there were such a lot of o so many people that we couldn't get in
    siempre está pidiendo dinero para tal cosa y tal otra he's always asking for money for one thing or another
    ha llamado un tal Méndez a Mr Méndez phoned, someone called Méndez phoned
    tal2
    si quieres que te traten como a un adulto, compórtate como tal if you want to be treated like an adult, behave like one
    es usted el secretario y como tal tiene ciertas responsabilidades you are the secretary and as such you have certain responsibilities
    que si tal y que si cual and so on and so forth
    estaban pintando, poniendo tablas nuevas y tal ( Esp); they were painting, putting in new boards and so on o and that sort of thing
    me dijo que si eras un tal y un cual … he said all kinds of terrible things about you
    son tal para cual ( fam); he's just as bad as she is o they're as bad as each other o they're two of a kind
    Compuestos:
    tal3
    A ( fam)
    (en preguntas): hola ¿qué tal? hello, how are you?
    ¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?
    ¿qué tal es Marisa? what's Marisa like?
    B ( en locs):
    con tal de + INF: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention
    con tal de no tener que volver mañana as long as I don't have to come back tomorrow
    con tal (de) que + SUBJ: con tal (de) que no se entere nadie, pagará lo que le pidamos he'll pay whatever we ask to stop anybody finding out
    quédatelo por ahora, con tal (de) que me lo devuelvas antes del viernes keep it for now, as long as o provided you give it back (to me) before Friday
    dale otro, cualquier cosa con tal (de) que se calle give her another one, anything to keep her quiet
    tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are
    déjalo tal (y) como lo encontraste leave it just the way you found it o just as you found it
    hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you o just as she told you
    tal cual: me lo dijo así, tal cual those were her exact words, she said just that, word for word
    no cambié nada, lo dejé todo tal cual I didn't change anything, I left everything exactly as it was o just as it was
    el postre le quedó igualito al de la foto, tal cual the dessert came out exactly as it looked in the photo
    tal vez maybe
    ¿vas a ir? — tal vez are you going to go? — maybe o I'll see
    tal vez no se enteró or no se haya enterado maybe o perhaps o it's possible she hasn't heard
    se me ocurrió que tal vez estuviera or estaría allí esperándome it occurred to me that he might be there waiting for me
    * * *

     

    tal adjetivo
    1 ( dicho) such;

    nunca dije tal cosa I never said anything of the kind o such a thing
    2 ( seguido de consecuencia):
    ◊ se llevó tal disgusto que … she was so upset (that) …;

    había tal cantidad de gente que … there were so many people that …
    3 ( con valor indeterminado) such-and-such;

    llamó un tal Méndez a Mr Méndez phoned
    ■ pronombre:
    ◊ eres un adulto, compórtate como tal you're an adult, behave like one;

    que si tal y que si cual and so on and so forth;
    son tal para cual they're as bad as each other
    ■ adverbio
    1 (fam) ( en preguntas):
    ◊ hola ¿qué tal? hello, how are you?;

    ¿qué tal es Marisa? what's Marisa like?;
    ¿qué tal lo pasaron? how did it go?
    2 ( en locs)
    ◊ con tal de: hace cualquier cosa con tal de llamar la atención he'll do anything to get attention;

    con tal de no tener que volver as long as I don't have to come back;
    tal (y) como: tal (y) como están las cosas the way things are;
    hazlo tal (y) como te indicó do it exactly as she told you;
    tal cual: lo dejé todo tal cual I left everything exactly as it was;
    tal vez maybe
    tal
    I adjetivo
    1 (dicho, semejante) such: no dije tal cosa, I never said such a thing o anything of the kind
    tales mariposas son corrientes aquí, butterflies like that are common here
    de tal madre, tal hija, like mother, like daughter
    de tal manera, in such a way
    en tales condiciones, in such conditions
    tal día como hoy, on a day like today
    (uso enfático) nunca escuché tal algarabía, I never heard such a racket
    tenía tal dolor de cabeza..., I had such a headache...
    2 (valor indeterminado) such and such
    tal día, en tal sitio, such and such a day at such and such a place
    ayer te llamó un tal Pedro, someone called Pedro phoned you yesterday
    II pron él es el jefe, y como tal es el culpable, he's the boss and, as such, he's to blame
    sois tal para cual, you are two of a kind
    y tal y cual, and so on
    III adv (en expresiones)
    1 ¿qué tal?: ¿qué tal tu familia?, how is your family? 2 tal vez, perhaps, maybe ➣ Ver nota en maybe 3 tal cual, just as it is 4 tal como, just as: tal como lo contaba, parecía cierto, the way he explained it, it seemed true
    (del mismo modo) escríbelo tal y como te lo cuento, write it exactly as I tell you 5 con tal (de) que, so long as, provided
    ' tal' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    astilla
    - bailar
    - bañera
    - bien
    - caso
    - como
    - con
    - cual
    - fulana
    - fulano
    - hombre
    - manera
    - padre
    - palo
    - rebotar
    - reventa
    - según
    - semejante
    - soñar
    - tanta
    - tanto
    - tramoya
    - vez
    - caer
    - che
    - esperar
    - llegar
    - pasar
    - preguntar
    - prever
    - punto
    - qué
    - regular
    - resultar
    - salir
    - tirar
    - y
    English:
    abroad
    - arbitration
    - average
    - card
    - certain
    - chip
    - colour
    - come out
    - do
    - father
    - fine
    - flail
    - grill
    - intimidate
    - like
    - long
    - maybe
    - perhaps
    - stand
    - such
    - such-and-such
    - suchlike
    - talk
    - two
    - wander
    - way
    - a
    - come
    - cope
    - get
    - keep
    - kind
    - length
    - OK
    - one
    - regardless
    - shame
    - status
    - tell
    - thing
    * * *
    ♦ adj
    1. [semejante] such;
    ¡jamás se vio cosa tal! you've never seen such a thing!;
    en tal caso in such a case;
    dijo cosas tales como… he said such things as…
    2. [tan grande] such;
    lo dijo con tal seguridad que… he said it with such conviction that…;
    me enojé de tal modo que… I got so angry that…;
    su miedo era tal que…, tal era su miedo que… so great o such was her fear that…, she was so afraid that…
    3. [mencionado]
    yo no he dicho tal cosa I never said such a thing, I never said anything of the sort;
    tales noticias resultaron falsas the news turned out to be untrue;
    ese tal Félix es un antipático that Félix is really unpleasant
    4. [sin especificar] such and such;
    a tal hora at such and such a time;
    quedamos tal día en tal sitio we agreed to meet on a certain day in a certain place
    5. [desconocido]
    te ha llamado un tal Pérez a Mr Pérez called for you;
    hay un tal Jiménez que te puede ayudar there's someone called Mr Jiménez who can help you
    ♦ pron
    1. [semejante cosa] such a thing;
    yo no dije tal I never said any such thing, I never said anything of the sort;
    como tal [en sí] as such;
    tal y cual, tal y tal this and that;
    y tal [etcétera] and so on;
    trajeron vino, cerveza y tal they brought wine and beer and so on o and stuff
    2. [semejante persona]
    si eres un profesional, actúa como tal if you're a professional, then act like one
    3. Comp
    que si tal, que si cual this, that and the other;
    ser tal para cual to be two of a kind
    ♦ adv
    ¿qué tal…? how…?;
    ¿qué tal (estás)? how are you (doing)?, how's it going?;
    ¿qué tal el viaje? how was the journey?;
    ¿qué tal es ese hotel? what's that hotel like?;
    ¿qué tal si nos tomamos algo? why don't we have something to drink?;
    ¿qué tal un descanso? what about a break?;
    tal (y) como just as o like;
    todo está tal y como lo dejamos everything is just as we left it;
    tal y como están las cosas… as things stand…, the way things are…;
    tal y como suele ocurrir… as is usual…;
    déjalo tal cual leave it (just) as it is;
    Fam
    una bebida, tal que una cerveza a drink, like a beer
    ♦ con tal de loc conj
    as long as, provided;
    con tal de volver pronto… as long as o provided we're back early…;
    haría lo que fuera con tal de entrar en el equipo I'd do anything to get into the team, I'd do anything as long as o provided I got into the team;
    lo haré con tal (de) que me des tiempo I'll do it as long as o provided you give me time
    ♦ tal vez loc adv
    perhaps, maybe;
    ¿vienes? – tal vez are you coming? – perhaps o maybe o I may do;
    tal vez vaya I may go;
    tal vez llueva mañana it may rain tomorrow;
    tal vez no lo creas you may not believe it;
    pensé que tal vez mereciera la pena intentarlo I thought it might be worth trying;
    tal vez sí maybe, perhaps;
    tal vez no maybe not, perhaps not
    * * *
    I adj such;
    no dije tal cosa I said no such thing;
    el gerente era un tal Lucas the manager was someone called Lucas;
    el tal abogado resultó ser su padre the lawyer (in question) turned out to be her father
    II adv
    1
    :
    ¿qué tal? how’s it going?;
    ¿qué tal la película? what was the movie like?
    2
    :
    tal como such as;
    tal y como exactly as, just as;
    dejó la habitación tal cual la encontró she left the room just as she found it;
    occurió así, tal cual that was exactly how it happened;
    Marta está tal cual Marta is the same as ever, Marta hasn’t changed a bit;
    con tal de que + subj as long as, provided that
    III pron
    :
    tal y tal, tal y cual and so on, and so forth;
    tal para cual two of a kind
    * * *
    tal adv
    1) : so, in such a way
    2)
    tal como : just as
    tal como lo hice: just the way I did it
    3)
    con tal que : provided that, as long as
    4)
    ¿qué tal? : how are you?, how's it going?
    tal adj
    1) : such, such a
    2)
    tal vez : maybe, perhaps
    tal pron
    1) : such a one, someone
    2) : such a thing, something
    3)
    tal para cual : two of a kind
    * * *
    tal adj
    1. (semejante) such
    2. (persona indeterminda) someone called
    iré yo, con tal de que vayáis conmigo I'll go, as long as you come with me
    ¿qué tal? how are things?
    ¿qué tal...? how...?
    ¿qué tal estuvo la fiesta? how was the party?
    tal vez maybe / perhaps

    Spanish-English dictionary > tal

  • 102 tener en cuenta

    to take into account
    * * *
    * * *
    (v.) = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind
    Ex. It also allows for and identifies three levels of detail which might be adopted in descriptive cataloguing.
    Ex. Editors should bear in mind problems of translation so that the revised edition can be rendered more easily into other languages.
    Ex. Labelling of subjects presents problems mainly because, in order to achieve a user-orientated approach, the various approaches of different users must be catered for.
    Ex. A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex. Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.
    Ex. Title indexes then are not true subject indexes, and allowances should be made during searching.
    Ex. Most of the centralised and shared cataloguing projects take account of and probably use the MARC record format.
    Ex. All documents possess physical form but this does not mean it is always taken cognisance of in subject analysis.
    Ex. Of course, in both enumerative and faceted schemes, it is necessary to take cognition of new simple subject.
    Ex. Taking into account both indexing and searching effort a KWIC index is most appropriate for an index that will be studied only infrequently.
    Ex. A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.
    Ex. We must of course make provision for those users who look for information under one of the other terms, and this is discussed below in the section on showing semantic relationships.
    Ex. Deliberation, evaluation, and thought must be brought into play before a final decision is made.
    Ex. Once a willing ear is given to the suggestions and complaints, then morale will increase, as will production.
    Ex. Library funding was factored against the comprehensive budgets of WTALC institutions, resulting in a measurement of the comparative percentage of university money made available to its libraries.
    Ex. The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.
    Ex. However, we must factor in the added impact of community-based telecommunications.
    Ex. Although this may seem an obvious statement, there are many instances when the searcher is not fully aware of what can or might be retrieved.
    Ex. Sometimes the number of tickets issued is noted on the form.
    Ex. This fact should be kept in mind when deciding upon the sequence of materials types.
    * * *
    (v.) = allow for, bear in + mind, cater for/to, consider (as), heed, make + allowances, take + account of, take + cognisance of, take + cognition of, take into + account, take into + consideration, make + provision for, bring into + play, give + an ear to, factor, have + regard for, factor in, be aware of, note, keep in + mind

    Ex: It also allows for and identifies three levels of detail which might be adopted in descriptive cataloguing.

    Ex: Editors should bear in mind problems of translation so that the revised edition can be rendered more easily into other languages.
    Ex: Labelling of subjects presents problems mainly because, in order to achieve a user-orientated approach, the various approaches of different users must be catered for.
    Ex: A book index is an alphabetically arranged list of words or terms leading the reader to the numbers of pages on which specific topics are considered, or on which specific names appear.
    Ex: Such variations also make it difficult for a cataloguer inserting a new heading for local use to discern the principles which should be heeded in the construction of such a heading.
    Ex: Title indexes then are not true subject indexes, and allowances should be made during searching.
    Ex: Most of the centralised and shared cataloguing projects take account of and probably use the MARC record format.
    Ex: All documents possess physical form but this does not mean it is always taken cognisance of in subject analysis.
    Ex: Of course, in both enumerative and faceted schemes, it is necessary to take cognition of new simple subject.
    Ex: Taking into account both indexing and searching effort a KWIC index is most appropriate for an index that will be studied only infrequently.
    Ex: A certain number of days is to be added to today's date to calculate the date due, taking into consideration the dates the library is closed.
    Ex: We must of course make provision for those users who look for information under one of the other terms, and this is discussed below in the section on showing semantic relationships.
    Ex: Deliberation, evaluation, and thought must be brought into play before a final decision is made.
    Ex: Once a willing ear is given to the suggestions and complaints, then morale will increase, as will production.
    Ex: Library funding was factored against the comprehensive budgets of WTALC institutions, resulting in a measurement of the comparative percentage of university money made available to its libraries.
    Ex: The apparent success of the project suggests it can be used or adapted for other members of the beef industry, having regard for their particular circumstances = El aparente éxito del proyecto sugiere que se puede utilizar o adaptar para otros miembros de la industria del ganado bovino, teniendo en cuenta sus circunstancias particulares.
    Ex: However, we must factor in the added impact of community-based telecommunications.
    Ex: Although this may seem an obvious statement, there are many instances when the searcher is not fully aware of what can or might be retrieved.
    Ex: Sometimes the number of tickets issued is noted on the form.
    Ex: This fact should be kept in mind when deciding upon the sequence of materials types.

    Spanish-English dictionary > tener en cuenta

  • 103 passer

    passer [pαse]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 1
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► passer is conjugated with être unless it has an object, when the auxiliary is avoir.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque passer fait partie d'une locution comme passer sous le nez de qn, reportez-vous à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
    • où passe la route ? where does the road go?
    ► passer à ( = passer par, aller à)
    • si nous passions au salon ? shall we go into the sitting room?
    • le confort, ça passe après comfort is less important► passer avant
    • passez donc devant ! you go first!
    • pour y aller, je passe par Amiens I go there via Amiens
    • par où êtes-vous passé ? (pour venir ici) which way did you come? ; (pour aller ailleurs) which way did you go?
    • pour téléphoner, il faut passer par le standard you have to go through the switchboard to make a call
    • ça fait du bien par où ça passe ! (inf) that's just what the doctor ordered! (inf)► passer sous to go under
    • et je passe sur la saleté du lieu ! not to mention how dirty the place was!► laisser passer [+ air, lumière] to let in ; [+ personne, procession] to let through ; [+ erreur, occasion] to miss
       b. ( = faire une halte rapide) passer au bureau to call in at the office
    ► passer + infinitif
    • puis-je passer te voir en vitesse ? can I pop round?► en passant ( = sur le chemin) on the way ; ( = dans la conversation) in passing
    • il aime tous les sports, du football à la boxe en passant par le golf he likes all sports, from football to golf to boxing
       d. ( = franchir un obstacle) [véhicule] to get through ; [cheval, sauteur] to get over
       e. ( = s'écouler) [temps] to go by
    • comme le temps passe ! how time flies!
       f. ( = être digéré) to go down
       g. ( = être accepté) [demande, proposition] to be accepted
    • l'équipe est passée en 2e division the team have moved up to the second division
       h. ( = devenir) to become
       i. ( = être montré) [film, émission, personne] to be on
       j. ( = disparaître) [douleur] to pass ; [orage] to blow over ; [beauté, couleur] to fade ; [colère] to subside ; [mode] to die out
       k. (Cards) to pass
       l. (locutions) qu'il soit menteur, passe encore,... he may be a liar, that's one thing,...
    • se faire passer pour to pass o.s. off as
    • tu veux me faire passer pour un idiot ! do you want to make me look stupid?► y passer (inf)
    on a eu la grippe, tout le monde y est passé we've all had flu
    • si elle veut une promotion, il faudra bien qu'elle y passe (sexuellement) if she wants to be promoted, she'll have to sleep with the boss► passons let's say no more about it
    2. <
       a. ( = franchir) [+ frontière] to cross ; [+ porte] to go through
       b. ( = donner, transmettre) to give ; [+ consigne, message] to pass on
    • je vous passe M. Duroy [standard] I'm putting you through to Mr Duroy ; ( = je lui passe l'appareil) here's Mr Duroy
       c. ( = mettre) [+ vêtement] to put on
       d. ( = dépasser) [+ gare, maison] to pass
       e. ( = omettre) [+ mot, ligne] to leave out
    • et j'en passe ! and that's not all!
       f. ( = permettre) passer un caprice à qn to humour sb
    • on lui passe tout [+ bêtises] he gets away with anything ; [+ désirs] he gets everything he wants
       g. [+ examen] to take
       h. [+ temps, vacances] to spend
       i. [+ film, diapositives] to show ; [+ disque] to play
       j. [+ commande] to place
    • qu'est-ce qu'il lui a passé comme savon ! (inf) he gave him a really rough time! (inf)
    3. <
       a. ( = avoir lieu) to happen
    • qu'est-ce qui s'est passé ? what happened?
    • que se passe-t-il ? what's going on?
    • ça ne se passera pas comme ça ! I won't stand for that!
       c. (se transmettre) [+ ballon] to pass to each other ; [+ notes de cours, livre, plat] to pass around
       e. ► se passer de [+ chose] to do without ; [+ personne] to manage without
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    +1! La traduction la plus courante de passer n'est pas to pass ; passer un examen se traduit par to take an exam.
    * * *
    pɑse
    1.
    1) ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, frontière]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [obstacle]
    3) ( dépasser) to go past, to pass

    quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite — turn right after the lights

    4) ( mettre)
    5) ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [something] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter) (colloq) to lend ( à quelqu'un to somebody); ( donner) (colloq) to give ( à quelqu'un to somebody)

    attends, je te la passe — hold on, here she is, I'll put her on

    je vous le passe — ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through

    7) ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]
    8) ( réussir) to pass [examen, test]
    9) ( dans le temps) to spend [temps] ( à faire doing)

    dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit! — (colloq) hurry up, or we'll be here all night!

    10) ( pardonner)
    11) ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]

    j'en passe et des meilleures — (colloq) ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on

    12) ( utiliser)

    passer l'aspirateur dans le salon — to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge

    13) ( étendre)
    14) ( soumettre)

    qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé! — (colloq) she really went for us! (colloq)

    15) ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus, sauce]; to purée [légumes]
    16) ( enfiler) to slip [something] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]
    17) ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce]
    18) ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]

    passer un marché — (colloq) to make a deal

    passer la troisième/la marche arrière — to go into third gear/into reverse

    20) Jeux

    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass

    passer à pied/à bicyclette — to walk/to cycle past

    2) (se trouver, s'étendre)

    ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles — line that goes through the centres [BrE] of two circles

    je ne fais que passer — I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute

    passer dans la matinée — to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning

    passer prendre quelqu'un/qch — to pick somebody/sth up

    4) ( se rendre) to go

    il est passé devant moi — ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me

    5) ( aller au-delà) to get through

    vas-y, ça passe! — go on, there's plenty of room!

    il est passé par la fenêtre — ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window

    passer derrière la maison — to get round GB ou around US the back of the house

    6) ( transiter)

    passer par — [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through

    qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? — what was he/she thinking of?

    un sourire passa sur ses lèvres — he/she smiled briefly

    des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe — from reptiles to man, including apes

    7) (colloq) ( avoir son tour)

    il accuse le patron, ses collègues, bref, tout le monde y passe — he's accusing the boss, his colleagues - in other words, everyone in sight

    que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer — whether you like it or not, there's no alternative

    je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là — I know all about that, I've been there (colloq)

    8) ( négliger)

    passons! — ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!

    laisser passer quelque chose — ( délibérément) to overlook something

    laisser passer plusieurs fautes — ( par inadvertance) to let several mistakes slip through

    10) (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well ( auprès de with); [loi, candidat] to get through; [attitude, pensée] to be accepted

    prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! — have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion

    que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! — criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander

    avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas — flattery won't work with him

    passer au premier tour — Politique to be elected in the first round

    (ça) passe pour cette fois — (colloq) I'll let it go this time

    12) ( être pris)

    faire passer quelqu'un/qch pour exceptionnel — to make somebody/sth out to be exceptional

    13) ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass

    quand l'orage sera or aura passé — lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down

    ça passera — ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it

    la première réaction passée — once we/they calmed down

    nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée — we had to wait for his/her anger to subside

    14) (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing

    passer avant/après — ( en importance) to come before/after

    16) (colloq) ( disparaître)
    17) ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by
    18) ( se mettre à) to turn to
    20) ( être promu) to be promoted to
    21) ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into
    22) (colloq) ( mourir)

    si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer — if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself

    on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux — we've all got to go sometime, the later the better

    23) ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade
    24) ( filtrer) [café] to filter

    passer en troisième/marche arrière — to go into third/reverse

    la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer — third gear is a bit stiff

    26) Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass

    3.
    se passer verbe pronominal
    1) ( se produire) to happen
    2) ( être situé) to take place
    3) ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go
    4) ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass

    se passer de — [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]

    6) ( se mettre)
    * * *
    pɒse
    1. vi
    1) (= aller) to go, to pass, to pass by, to go by

    Ils sont passés par Paris. — They went through Paris.

    2) (= faire une halte rapide) [facteur] to come, to call, (pour rendre visite) to call in, to drop in

    Je passerai chez vous ce soir. — I'll call in this evening., I'll drop in this evening.

    Je lui ai dit en passant que j'allais me marier. — I told him in passing that I was getting married.

    3) CARTES to pass
    4)

    passe encore de le penser, mais de le dire! — it's one thing to think it, but to say it!

    passer sur qch [faute, détail inutile] — to pass over sth

    5) (= s'écouler) [temps, jours] to go by, to pass
    6) (= disparaître) [douleur] to pass, to go away, [mode] to die out, [couleur, papier] to fade

    faire passer à qn le goût de qch [homme] — to cure sb of his taste for sth, [femme] to cure sb of her taste for sth

    7) (= franchir un obstacle, traverser) [personne] to get through, [courant, air, lumière] to get through, [liquide, café] to go through

    faire passer [message] — to get over, to get across

    laisser passer [air, lumière, personne] — to let through, [occasion] to miss, [erreur] to overlook

    Il m'a laissé passer. — He let me through.

    8) (= être digéré, avalé) to go down
    9) ÉDUCATION, [personne] to move up (to the next class)
    10) (= être diffusé) [film, émission] to be on

    "Titanic" passe à la télé ce soir. — "Titanic" is on TV tonight.

    Mon père passe à la radio demain soir. — My father's on the radio tomorrow night.

    passer à [ennemi, opposition] — to go over to

    passer aux aveux — to confess, to make a confession

    passer avant qch/qn fig — to come before sth/sb

    passer pour; Il passe pour riche. — He is thought to be rich.

    faire passer qn/qch pour — to make sb/sth out to be

    2. vt
    1) (= franchir) [frontière, rivière] to cross, [douane] to go through

    Nous avons passé la frontière belge. — We crossed the Belgian border.

    2) (= transmettre, donner)

    passer qch à qn — to pass sth to sb, to give sb sth

    Passe-moi le sel, s'il te plaît. — Pass me the salt, please.

    passer qch en fraude (= faire entrer) — to smuggle sth in, (= faire sortir) to smuggle sth out

    3) [temps, journée] to spend

    Elle a passé la journée à ne rien faire. — She spent the day doing nothing.

    Ils passent toujours leurs vacances au Danemark. — They always spend their holidays in Denmark.

    4) (= subir) [examen] to sit, to take, [visite médicale] to have

    Gordon a passé ses examens la semaine dernière. — Gordon took his exams last week.

    5) (= mettre) [vêtement] to slip on
    6) (= faire passer) [thé, soupe] to strain
    7) (= jouer) [film] to show, [disque, CD] to play, to put on

    On passe "Le Kid" au cinéma cette semaine. — They're showing "The Kid" at the cinema this week.

    8) (= conclure) [marché] to agree on, [accord] to reach
    9) (= tolérer)
    10) (= devenir)
    * * *
    passer verb table: aimer
    A vtr
    1 ( franchir) to cross [fleuve, pont, frontière, col]; to go through [porte, douane]; to get over [haie, obstacle]; ils ont fait passer la rivière au troupeau they took the herd across the river; il m'a fait passer la frontière he got me across the border;
    2 ( faire franchir) passer qch à la douane to get sth through customs; passer qch en fraude or contrebande to smuggle sth; passer qn en fraude ( vers l'intérieur) to smuggle sb in; ( vers l'extérieur) to smuggle sb out; ⇒ gauche;
    3 ( dépasser) to go past, to pass; quand vous aurez passé le feu, tournez à droite turn right after the lights; passer la barre des dix euros to pass the ten-euro mark; on a passé l'heure it's too late; j'ai passé l'âge I'm too old; le malade ne passera pas la nuit the patient won't last the night;
    4 ( mettre) passer le doigt sur la table to run one's finger over the table-top; passer la tête à la fenêtre to stick one's head out of the window; elle m'a passé le bras autour des épaules she put her arm around my shoulders; elle m'a passé la main dans les cheveux she ran her fingers through my hair;
    5 ( transmettre) to pass [objet] (à to); to pass [sth] on [consigne, maladie] (à to); ( prêter)○ to lend (à qn to sb); ( donner)○ to give (à qn to sb); passer le ballon au gardien de but to pass the ball to the goalkeeper; passe-moi le sel pass me the salt; passe le vin à ton père pass your father the wine; faites passer le plat entre vous pass the dish around; fais passer la bonne nouvelle à tes amis pass the good news on to your friends; elle a attrapé la grippe et l'a passée à son mari she caught flu and gave it to her husband; il m'a passé son vélo○ ( prêté) he lent me his bike; ( donné) he gave me his bike; il m'a passé son rhume he's given me his cold;
    6 ( au téléphone) tu peux me passer Chris? can you put Chris on?; attends, je te la passe hold on, here she is, I'll put her on; je vous le passe ( sur un autre poste) I'm putting you through; pourriez-vous me passer le poste 4834/le service de traduction? could you put me through to extension 4834/the translation department, please?; il est sorti, je vous passe sa secrétaire he's out, I'll put you through to his secretary;
    7 ( se présenter à) to take, to sit [examen scolaire, test]; to have [visite médicale, entretien]; passer son permis de conduire to take one's driving test; faire passer un test à qn to give sb a test; c'est moi qui fais passer l'oral de français aux nouveaux I'm taking the new pupils for the French oral;
    8 ( réussir) to pass [examen, test];
    9 ( dans le temps) to spend [temps, jour, vie, vacances] (à faire doing); passer une nuit à l'hôtel to spend a night at a hotel; nous avons passé de bons moments ensemble we've had some good times together; dépêche-toi, on ne va pas y passer la nuit○! hurry up, or we'll be here all night!; passer sa colère sur son chat/ses collègues to take one's anger out on the cat/one's colleagues;
    10 ( pardonner) passer qch à qn to let sb get away with sth; il ne me passe rien he doesn't let me get away with anything; elle leur passe tout she lets them get away with murder; passez-lui ses écarts de langage excuse his/her strong language; il passe tous ses caprices à sa fille he indulges his daughter's every whim; passez-moi l'expression/le terme if you'll pardon the expression/the word;
    11 ( omettre) to skip [mot, page, paragraphe]; je vous passe les détails I'll spare you the details; j'en passe et des meilleures ( après énumération) and so on and so forth, I could go on;
    12 ( utiliser) passer un chiffon humide sur les meubles to go over the furniture with a damp cloth; passer un coup de fer sur une chemise to give a shirt a quick press; n'oublie pas de passer l'aspirateur dans le salon don't forget to hoover® GB ou vacuum the lounge;
    13 ( étendre) en passant un peu de cire, les rayures disparaîtront if you go over it with a bit of wax, the scratches will disappear; passer un peu de baume sur une brûlure to dab some ointment on a burn; passer une couche de peinture sur qch to give sth a coat of paint;
    14 ( soumettre) passez le plat au four put the dish in the oven; passer la pointe d'une aiguille à la flamme to hold the point of a needle over a flame; passer le plancher à la cire to put some wax on the floor; passer qch à l'eau ( pour rincer) to give sth a rinse; ( pour obtenir une réaction) to soak sth briefly in water; qu'est-ce qu'elle nous a passé○! she really went for us○!; ⇒ peigne;
    15 ( à travers une grille) to filter [café]; to strain [jus de fruit, sauce]; to purée [légumes]; passer des légumes au moulin à légumes to purée vegetables;
    16 ( enfiler) to slip [sth] on [vêtement, anneau]; to slip into [robe]; ils ont essayé de me passer la camisole they tried to put me in a straitjacket;
    17 ( faire jouer) to play [disque, cassette audio]; ( projeter) to show [film, diapositives, cassette vidéo]; ( diffuser) to place [annonce];
    18 ( signer) to sign [contrat]; to enter into [accord]; to place [commande]; to pass [loi, décret]; passer un marché○ to make a deal;
    19 Compta ( entrer) to enter, to post spéc [somme, dépense];
    20 Aut ( enclencher) to go into [vitesse]; passer la troisième/la marche arrière to go into third gear/into reverse;
    B vi
    1 ( parcourir son chemin) [personne, animal, véhicule, ballon] to go past ou by, to pass; passer entre to pass between; regarder passer les trains to watch the trains go past ou by; nous sommes passés devant le palais/près du lac we went past the palace/the lake; passer sous/sur un pont to go under/over a bridge; l'autobus vient juste de passer the bus has just gone; le facteur n'est pas encore passé the postman hasn't been yet; quand passe le prochain car pour Caen? when is the next coach GB ou bus for Caen?; je suis passé à côté de lui/du monument I passed him/the monument; nous sommes passés près de chez toi ce matin we were near your house this morning; passer à pied/à cheval/en voiture/à bicyclette to walk/ride/drive/cycle past; un avion est passé a plane flew past overhead; il est passé en courant/boitant he ran/limped past; j'ai renversé le vase en passant I knocked over the vase as I went by; en passant, achète du lait buy some milk while you're out; le ballon est passé tout près des buts the ball narrowly missed the goal;
    2 (se trouver, s'étendre) la route passe à côté du lac the road runs alongside the lake; le ruisseau passe derrière la maison the stream runs behind the house; ils ont fait passer la route devant chez nous/près de l'église/derrière le village they built the road in front of our house/near the church/behind the village; ligne qui passe par les centres de deux cercles line that connects the centresGB of two circles; en faisant passer une ligne par ces deux villes drawing a line through these two towns;
    3 ( faire un saut) je ne fais que passer I've just popped in GB ou dropped by for a minute; quand je suis passé au marché when I went down to the market; quand je suis passé à l'école when I dropped by the school; quand je suis passé chez lui when I called in to see him GB, when I dropped by his place; passer à la banque to call in at the bank GB, to drop by the bank; il est passé déposer un dossier he came to drop off a file; il est passé quelqu'un pour toi someone was looking for you; je passerai un de ces jours I'll drop by one of these days; passer dans la matinée [plombier, représentant] to call in the morning GB, to come over in the morning; passe nous voir plus souvent! come and see us more often!; passer prendre qn/qch to pick sb/sth up; je passerai te prendre à six heures I'll pick you up at six; je passerai prendre le gâteau dans une heure I'll pick up the cake in an hour;
    4 ( se rendre) to go; passez au guichet numéro 3 go to counter 3; passons au salon let's go into ou through to the lounge; les contrebandiers sont passés en Espagne the smugglers have crossed into Spain; passez derrière moi, je vous montrerai le chemin follow me, I'll show you the way; il est passé devant moi, il m'est passé devant○ ( dans une queue) he pushed in front of me; passer à la visite médicale to go for a medical examination; passer devant une commission to come before a committee;
    5 ( aller au-delà) to get through; tu ne passeras pas, c'est trop étroit you'll never get through, it's too narrow; on ne peut pas passer à cause de la neige we can't get through because of the snow; impossible de passer tant il y avait de monde you couldn't get through, there were so many people; il est passé au rouge he went through the red lights; il n'a pas attendu le feu vert pour passer he didn't wait for the lights to turn green; il m'a fait signe de passer he waved me on; il a fait passer la vieille dame devant lui he let the old lady go first; vas-y, ça passe! ( à un automobiliste) go on, there's plenty of room!; laisser passer qn to let sb through; laisser passer une ambulance to let an ambulance through; le volet laisse passer un peu de lumière the shutter lets in a chink of light; la cloison laisse passer le bruit the partition doesn't keep the noise out; passer par-dessus bord to fall overboard; il est passé par la fenêtre ( par accident) he fell out of the window; ( pour entrer) he got in through the window; il est passé sous un train he was run over by a train; nous n'avons pas pu faire passer l'armoire par la porte we couldn't get the wardrobe through the door; à cause des travaux, on ne peut pas passer derrière la maison because of the road works, we can't get round GB ou around US the back of the house; ⇒ caravane, casser;
    6 ( transiter) passer par [personne] lit to pass ou go through; fig to go through; nous sommes passés par Édimbourg we went via Edinburgh; ça ira plus vite en passant par la Belgique it'll be quicker to go via Belgium; la manifestation passera dans cette avenue the demonstration will come along this avenue; passer par qn pour faire qch to do sth through sb; passer par de rudes épreuves to go through the mill, to have a rough time; passer par l'opératrice to go through the operator; passer par une rue to go along a street; passer par l'escalier de service to use the service stairs; nous sommes passés par une agence matrimoniale we met through a marriage bureau; il est passé par tous les stades de la formation he went through the various different stages of training; passer au bord de la faillite to come very close to bankruptcy; il est passé par une très bonne école he went to a very good school; la formation par laquelle il est passé the training (that) he had; il dit tout ce qui lui passe par la tête he always says the first thing that comes into his head; je ne sais jamais ce qui te passe par la tête I never know what's going on in your head; une idée m'est passée par la tête an idea occurred to me; mais qu'est-ce qui lui est passé par la tête? what on earth was he/she thinking of?; ça fait du bien par où ça passe○! [aliment, boisson] I needed that!; un éclair de malice passa dans ses yeux his/her eyes gleamed with mischief, he/she had a mischievous glint in his/her eyes; un sourire passa sur ses lèvres he/she smiled for a second; en passant par including; des reptiles à l'homme, en passant par le singe from reptiles to man, including apes; ⇒ maire;
    7 ○( avoir son tour) il accuse le patron, ses collègues, le cuisinier, bref, tout le monde y passe he's accusing the boss, his colleagues, the cook-in other words, everyone in sight; le rock, le blues, la musique classique, tout y passe rock, blues, classical music, you name it; que ça te plaise ou non, il va falloir y passer whether you like it or not, there's no alternative; la nouvelle secrétaire va y passer aussi the new secretary will get it as well; on ne peut pas faire autrement que d'en passer par là there is no other way around it; je sais, j'en suis déjà passé par là I know all about that, I've been there○;
    8 ( négliger) passer sur to pass over [question, défaut, erreur]; je préfère passer sur ce point pour l'instant I'd rather not dwell on that point for the moment; il est or a passé sur les détails he didn't go into the details; si l'on passe sur les frais de déplacement if we ignore the travel expenses; passons (là-dessus)! ( injonction) let's hear no more about it!; ( pardon) let's say no more about it!; passer à côté d'une question ( volontairement) to sidestep a question; ( involontairement) to miss the point; laisser passer qch ( délibérément) to let sth pass, to overlook sth; ( par inadvertance) to let sth slip through, to overlook sth; laisser passer une occasion, passer à côté d'une occasion to miss an opportunity, to let an opportunity slip ou go by; laisser passer quelques erreurs par gentillesse to overlook a few errors out of soft-heartedness; on ne peut pas laisser passer une telle erreur we cannot let a mistake like that through; le réviseur a laissé passer plusieurs fautes the proofreader let several mistakes slip through; il leur laisse passer tous leurs caprices he indulges their every whim;
    9 ( ne pas approfondir) en passant in passing; notons en passant que we should note in passing that; en passant, il a ajouté que in passing, he added that; soit dit en passer incidentally;
    10 (être admis, supporté) [aliment, repas] to go down; [commentaires, discours, critiques] to go down well (auprès de with); [loi, règlement, mesure] to get through; [attitude, pensée, doctrine] to be accepted; [candidat] to get through; je ne me sens pas bien, ce doit être le concombre qui passe mal I don't feel well, it must be the cucumber; prends un peu de cognac, ça fait passer! have a drop of brandy, it's good for the digestion; vos critiques sont mal passées/ne sont pas passées your criticism went down badly/didn't go down well; ils n'ont jamais pu faire passer leur réforme/leurs idées they never managed to get their reform through/their ideas accepted; que je sois critiqué, passe encore, mais calomnié, non! criticism is one thing, but I draw the line at slander; avec lui, la flatterie, ça ne passe pas flattery won't work with him; passer au premier tour Pol to be elected in the first round; passer dans la classe supérieure to move up to the next year ou grade US; (ça) passe pour cette fois○ this time, I'll let it go;
    11 ( se déplacer) passer de France en Espagne to leave France and enter Spain; passer de la salle à manger au salon to move from the dining room to the lounge; passer à l'ennemi to go over to the enemy; passer dans le camp adverse to go over to the other side; passer sous contrôle de l'ONU/de l'État to be taken over by the UN/the government; passer sous contrôle ennemi to fall into enemy hands; passer de main en main to be passed around; passer constamment d'un sujet à l'autre to flit from one subject to another; passer d'un amant à un autre to go from one lover to the next; passer de l'opulence à la misère to go from extreme wealth to extreme poverty; passer de la théorie à la pratique to put theory into practice; leur nombre pourrait passer à 700 their number could reach 700; passer à un taux supérieur/inférieur to go up to a higher rate/down to a lower rate; faire passer qch de 200 à 300 to increase sth from 200 to 300; faire passer qch de 300 à 200 to decrease sth from 300 to 200; expression passée en proverbe expression that has become a proverb;
    12 ( être pris) passer pour un imbécile/pour être une belle ville to be generally thought of as stupid/as a beautiful town (auprès de by); passer pour un génie to pass as a genius; son excentricité passe pour de l'intelligence his/her eccentricity passes for intelligence; il passe pour l'inventeur de l'ordinateur he's supposed to have invented computers; passer pour quelqu'un d'autre to be taken for someone else; il pourrait passer pour un Américain he could be taken for an American; il veut passer pour un grand homme he wants to be seen as a great man; faire passer qn/qch pour exceptionnel/exemplaire to make sb/sth out to be exceptional/a model of perfection; se faire passer pour malade to pretend to be ill; se faire passer pour mort to fake one's own death; il se fait passer pour mon frère he passes himself off as my brother; se faisant passer pour un agent d'assurance by passing himself off as ou by impersonating an insurance salesman; il m'a fait passer pour un imbécile he made me look like a fool;
    13 ( disparaître) [douleur, événement] to pass; quand l'orage sera or aura passé lit when the storm is over; fig when the storm dies down; ça passera ( sa mauvaise humeur) it'll pass; ( ton chagrin) you'll get over it; la première réaction passée, il a été possible de faire once we/they calmed down it was possible to do; nous avons dû attendre que sa colère soit passée we had to wait for his/her anger to subside; passer de mode [vêtement, style, chanson, expression] to go out of fashion; cette mode est vite passée or a vite passé that fashion was short-lived; faire passer à qn l'envie or le goût de faire to cure sb of the desire to do; les sales gosses, je vais leur faire passer l'envie or l'habitude de tirer sur ma sonnette! those damn kids, I'll teach them to ring my bell!; ce médicament fait passer les maux d'estomac this medicine relieves stomach ache; cette mauvaise habitude te passera it's a bad habit you'll grow out of; ça lui passera avant que ça me reprenne○ it won't last;
    14 (apparaître, être projeté, diffusé) [artiste, groupe] ( sur une scène) to be appearing; (à la télévision, radio) to be on; [spectacle, film] to be on; [cassette, musique] to be playing; mon ami passe à la télévision ce soir my friend is on television tonight; les films portugais qui passent à la télévision/au Rex/à Paris the Portuguese films (that are) on television/on at the Rex/on in Paris;
    15 ( être placé) passer avant/après ( en importance) to come before/after; la santé passe avant tout health comes first; il fait passer sa famille avant ses amis he puts his family before his friends;
    16 ○( disparaître) où étais-tu (encore) passé? where (on earth) did you get to?; où est passé mon livre/le chat? where has my book/the cat got to?;
    17 ( s'écouler) [temps] to pass, to go by; deux ans ont passé depuis l'événement two years have passed since it happened; le temps a passé, et les gens ont oublié time has passed and people have forgotten; je ne vois pas le temps passer I don't know where the time goes; le week-end a or est passé trop vite the weekend went too quickly;
    18 ( se mettre à) to turn to; passons aux choses sérieuses let's turn to serious matters; nous pouvons passer à l'étape suivante we can move on to the next stage; passons à autre chose let's change the subject; nous allons passer au vote let's vote now; passer à l'offensive to take the offensive;
    19 ( être transmis) passer de père en fils/de génération en génération/à ses héritiers to be handed down from father to son/from generation to generation/to one's heirs; l'expression est passée dans la langue the expression has become part of the language; ça finira par passer dans les mœurs it'll eventually become common practice; il a fait passer son émotion dans la salle he transmitted his emotion to the audience;
    20 ( être promu) to be promoted to; il est passé général he's been promoted to general; elle est passée maître dans l'art de mentir she's an accomplished liar;
    21 ( être dépensé) [argent, somme] to go on ou in ou into; [produit, matière] to go into; la moitié de mon salaire passe en remboursement de mes dettes half my salary goes on paying off my debts; toutes mes économies y sont passées○ all my savings went into it;
    22 ○( mourir) y passer to die; si tu continues à conduire comme ça, tu vas finir par y passer if you keep driving like that, you'll kill yourself; on y passera tous, mais le plus tard sera le mieux we've all got to go sometime, the later the better;
    23 ( se décolorer) [teinte, tissu] to fade; passer au soleil to fade in the sun;
    24 ( filtrer) [café] to brew; faire passer la soupe to put the soup through the vegetable mill;
    25 ( changer de vitesse) passer en troisième/marche arrière to go into third/reverse; la troisième passe mal or a du mal à passer third gear is a bit stiff; passer de seconde en troisième to go from second into third;
    26 Jeux (au bridge, poker) to pass.
    C se passer vpr
    1 ( se produire) to happen; ça s'est passé en Chine/à Pékin/le matin/au bon moment it happened in China/in Beijing/in the morning/at the right time; il ne se passe jamais rien dans ce village nothing ever happens in this village; que se passe-t-il?, qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening, what's going on?; tout se passe comme si le dollar avait été dévalué it's as if the dollar was devalued;
    2 ( être situé) to take place; la scène se passe au Viêt Nam/dans les années trente/de nos jours the scene is set in Vietnam/in the thirties/in the present day;
    3 ( se dérouler) [opération, examen, négociations] to go; comment s'est passée la réunion? how did the meeting go?; tout s'est bien passé everything went well; ça s'est mal passé it didn't go well; la réunion s'est très mal passée the meeting went very badly; tout s'est passé très vite it all happened very fast; ça va mal se passer pour toi si tu continues! you're going to be in trouble if you carry on GB ou continue doing that!; ça ne se passera pas comme ça! I won't leave it at that!;
    4 ( s'écouler) [période] to go by, to pass; il s'est passé deux ans depuis, deux ans se sont passés depuis that was two years ago; il ne se passe guère de jour (sans) qu'elle ne trouve à se plaindre hardly a day goes by without her finding something to complain about; attendons que ça se passe let's wait till it's over; nos soirées se passaient à regarder la télévision we spent the evenings watching television; ⇒ jeunesse;
    5 ( se dispenser) se passer de [personne] to do without [objet, activité, personne]; to go without [repas, nourriture, sommeil]; nous nous sommes passés de voiture we did without a car; nous nous passerons de lui we'll do without him; je me passerais bien de tes remarques I can do without your comments; se passer de commentaires to speak for itself; ne pas pouvoir se passer de faire not to be able to help oneself from doing; se passer des services de qn to do without sb's services;
    6 ( se mettre) se passer la langue sur les lèvres/la main dans les cheveux to run one's tongue over one's lips/one's fingers through one's hair; se passer la main sur le front to put a hand to one's forehead;
    7 ( l'un à l'autre) ils se sont passé des documents they exchanged some documents; nous nous sommes passé le virus we caught the virus from each other.
    [pase] verbe intransitif (auxiliaire être)
    A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]
    1. [se déplacer - personne, véhicule] to pass (by), to go ou to come past
    passer à: passer à droite/gauche to go right/left
    b. [devant tout le monde] go to the front if you can't see
    [fugitivement]
    un sourire passa sur ses lèvres a smile played about her lips, she smiled briefly
    2. [s'écouler - fluide] to flow, to run
    3. [emprunter un certain itinéraire]
    si vous passez à Paris, venez me voir come and see me if you're in Paris
    [fleuve, route] to go, to run
    5. [sur un parcours régulier - démarcheur, représentant] to call ; [ - bateau, bus, train] to come ou to go past
    le bateau/train est déjà passé the boat/train has already gone ou left
    6. [faire une visite] to call
    7. [franchir une limite] to get through
    8. [s'infiltrer] to pass
    passer dans le sang to pass into ou to enter the bloodstream
    9. [aller, se rendre] to go
    passer de Suisse en France to cross over ou to go from Switzerland to France
    10. CHASSE to pass, to go ou to come past
    B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]
    1. [se soumettre à]
    avec lui, toutes les femmes du service y sont passées he's had all the women in his department
    2. [être accepté] to pass
    elle est passée à l'écrit mais pas à l'oral she got through ou she passed the written exam but not the oral
    le film passe mal sur le petit écran/en noir et blanc the film just isn't the same on TV/in black and white
    passe (encore): l'injurier, passe encore, mais le frapper! it's one thing to insult him, but quite another to hit him!
    3. [être transmis] to go
    4. [entrer] to pass
    c'est passé dans le langage courant it's passed into ou it's now part of everyday speech
    5. [être utilisé, absorbé] to go
    6. POLITIQUE [être adopté - projet de loi, amendement] to pass, to be passed
    [être élu - député] to be elected, to get in
    RADIO & TÉLÉVISION
    passer à la radio [émission, personne] to be on the radio ou the air
    a. [personne] to be ou to appear on television
    8. DROIT [comparaître]
    passer devant le tribunal to come up ou to go before the court
    passer en correctionnelle ≃ to go before the magistrate's court
    C.[EXPRIME UN CHANGEMENT D'ÉTAT]
    1. [accéder - à un niveau]
    2. [devenir] to become
    3. [dans des locutions verbales]
    passer de... à [changer d'état]: passer de l'état liquide à l'état gazeux to pass ou to change from the liquid to the gaseous state
    la production est passée de 20 à 30/de 30 à 20 tonnes output has gone (up) from 20 to 30/(down) from 30 to 20 tonnes
    comment êtes-vous passé du cinéma au théâtre? how did you move ou make the transition from the cinema to the stage?
    il passe d'une idée à l'autre he jumps ou flits from one idea to another
    passer en troisième to change ou go into third (gear)
    D.[EXPRIME UNE ÉVOLUTION DANS LE TEMPS]
    1. [s'écouler - temps] to pass, to go by
    2. [s'estomper - douleur] to fade (away), to wear off ; [ - malaise] to disappear ; [ - mode, engouement] to die out ; [ - enthousiasme] to wear off, to fade ; [ - beauté] to fade, to wane ; [ - chance, jeunesse] to pass ; [ - mauvaise humeur] to pass, to vanish ; [ - rage, tempête] to die down ; [ - averse] to die down, to stop
    3. [s'altérer - fruit, denrées] to go off (UK), to spoil, to go bad
    [se faner - fleur] to wilt
    [pâlir - teinte]
    ————————
    [pase] verbe transitif (auxiliaire avoir)
    A.[EXPRIME UN DÉPLACEMENT]
    1. [traverser - pont, col de montagne] to go over (inseparable), to cross ; [ - écluse] to go through (inseparable)
    2. [franchir - frontière, ligne d'arrivée] to cross
    3. [dépasser - point de repère] to pass, to go past (inseparable)
    passer le cap Horn to (go) round Cape Horn, to round the Cape
    quand on passe les 1 000 mètres d'altitude when you go over 1,000 metres high
    l'or a passé les 400 dollars l'once gold has broken through the $ 400 an ounce mark
    4. [transporter] to ferry ou to take across (separable)
    5. [introduire]
    passer de la drogue/des cigarettes en fraude to smuggle drugs/cigarettes
    6. [engager - partie du corps] to put
    passer son bras autour de la taille de quelqu'un to put ou to slip one's arm round somebody's waist
    7. [faire aller - instrument] to run
    passer l'aspirateur to vacuum, to hoover (UK)
    passe le balai dans l'escalier give the stairs a sweep, sweep the stairs
    9. SPORT [franchir - obstacle, haie] to jump (over)
    passer tous les obstacles (figuré) to overcome ou to surmount all the obstacles
    [transmettre - ballon] to pass
    [dépasser - coureurs] to overtake, to pass
    B.[EXPRIME UNE ACTION]
    1. [se soumettre à - permis de conduire] to take ; [ - examen] to take, to sit (UK) ; [ - entretien] to have ; [ - scanner, visite médicale] to have, to go for (inseparable)
    2. (vieilli) [réussir - examen] to pass ; [ - épreuve éliminatoire] to get through (inseparable)
    il a passé l'écrit, mais attendons l'oral he's passed the written exam, but let's see what happens in the oral
    3. [omettre] to miss ou to leave out (separable), to omit
    je passe toutes les descriptions dans ses romans I miss out ou I skip all the descriptions in her novels
    4. [tolérer]
    passez-moi l'expression/le mot if you'll pardon the expression/excuse the term
    5. [soumettre à l'action de]
    passer des légumes au mixeur to put vegetables through the blender, to blend vegetables
    passer quelque chose sous l'eau to rinse something ou to give something a rinse under the tap
    passer quelque chose à quelqu'un (familier) to give somebody a good dressing-down, to tick somebody off (UK)
    6. [donner, transmettre - généralement] to pass, to hand, to give ; [ - maladie] to give ; [ - au téléphone] to put through (separable)
    je te passe Fred here's Fred, I'll hand you over to Fred
    passe-moi Annie let me talk to Annie, put Annie on
    7. [rendre public - annonce]
    8. (familier) [prêter] to lend
    9. [appliquer - substance] to apply, to put on (separable)
    10. [filtrer, tamiser - thé, potage] to strain ; [ - farine] to sieve
    11. [enfiler - vêtement] to slip ou to put on (separable)
    passer la troisième to change ou to shift into third gear
    13. CINÉMA & TÉLÉVISION [film] to show, to screen
    [diapositive] to show
    RADIO [émission] to broadcast
    [cassette, disque] to play, to put on (separable)
    14. COMMERCE [conclure - entente] to conclude, to come to (inseparable), to reach ; [ - marché] to agree on (inseparable), to strike, to reach ; [ - commande] to place
    15. [en comptabilité] to enter, to post
    16. DROIT [faire établir - acte juridique] to draw up (separable)
    C.[EXPRIME UNE NOTION TEMPORELLE]
    1. [employer - durée] to spend
    passez un bon week-end/une bonne soirée! have a nice weekend/evening!
    as-tu passé une bonne nuit? did you sleep well last night?, did you have a good night?
    2. [aller au-delà de - durée] to get through (inseparable), to survive
    elle ne passera pas la nuit she won't see the night out, she won't last the night
    3. [assouvir - envie] to satisfy
    ————————
    passer après verbe plus préposition
    il faut le faire libérer, le reste passe après we must get him released, everything else is secondary
    ————————
    passer avant verbe plus préposition
    to go ou to come before
    ses intérêts passent avant tout his own interests come before anything else, he puts his own interests before everything else
    ————————
    passer par verbe plus préposition
    1. [dans une formation] to go through
    2. [dans une évolution] to go through, to undergo
    3. [recourir à] to go through
    passer par là: je suis passé par là it's happened to me too, I've been through that too
    pour comprendre, il faut être passé par là you have to have experienced it to understand
    ————————
    passer pour verbe plus préposition
    1. [avec nom] to be thought of as
    je vais passer pour un idiot I'll be taken for ou people will take me for an idiot
    2. [avec adj]
    3. [avec verbe]
    ————————
    passer sur verbe plus préposition
    [ne pas mentionner] to pass over, to skip
    [excuser] to overlook
    passons! let's say no more about it!, let's drop it!
    tu me l'avais promis, mais passons! you promised me, but never mind!
    ————————
    se passer verbe pronominal intransitif
    1. [s'écouler - heures, semaines] to go by, to pass
    2. [survenir - événement] to take place, to happen
    qu'est-ce qui se passe? what's happening?, what's going on?
    il se passe que ton frère vient d'être arrêté, (voilà ce qui se passe)! your brother's just been arrested, that's what's!
    3. [se dérouler - dans certaines conditions] to go (off)
    l'opération s'est bien/mal passée the operation went (off) smoothly/badly
    si tout se passe bien, nous y serons demain if all goes well, we'll be there tomorrow
    ————————
    se passer verbe pronominal transitif
    [s'appliquer, se mettre - produit] to apply, to put on (separable)
    il se passa un peigne/la main dans les cheveux he ran a comb/his fingers through his hair
    ————————
    se passer de verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [vivre sans] to do ou to go without
    2. [s'abstenir]
    3. [ne pas avoir besoin de]
    ————————
    en passant locution adverbiale
    1. [dans la conversation] in passing
    faire une remarque en passant to remark in passing, to make a casual remark
    2. [sur son chemin]
    ————————
    en passant par locution prépositionnelle
    ————————
    1. [dans l'espace] via
    2. [dans une énumération] (and) including

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > passer

  • 104 FYRIR

    * * *
    prep.
    I. with dat.
    1) before, in front of (ok vóru fyrir honum borin merkin);
    fyrir dyrum, before the door;
    2) before one, in one’s presence;
    hón nefndist fyrir þeim Gunnhildr, she told them that her name was G.;
    3) for;
    hann lét ryðja fyrir þeim búðina, he had the booth cleared for them, for their reception;
    4) before one, in one’s way;
    fjörðr varð fyrir þeim, they came to a fjord;
    sitja fyrir e-m, to lie in wait for one;
    5) naut. term. before, off;
    liggja fyrir bryggjum, to lie off the piers;
    fyrir Humru-mynni, off the Humber;
    6) before, at the head of, over;
    vera fyrir liði, to be over the troops;
    vera fyrir máli, to lead the case;
    sitja fyrir svörum, to undertake the defence;
    7) of time, ago;
    fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago;
    fyrir stundu, a while ago;
    fyrir löngu, long ago;
    vera fyrir e-u, to forebode (of a dream);
    8) before, above, superior to;
    Hálfdan svarti var fyrir þeim brœðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers;
    9) denoting disadvantige, harm, suffering;
    þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest E. thwart all thy affairs;
    tók at eyðast fyrir herm lausa-fé, her money began to fail;
    10) denoting obstacle, hindrance;
    mikit gøri þer mér fyrir þessu máli, you make this case hard for me;
    varð honum lítit fyrir því, it was a small matter for him;
    Ásgrími þótti þungt fyrir, A. thought that things looked bad;
    11) because of, for;
    hon undi sér hvergri fyrir verkjum, she had no rest for pains;
    fyrir hræðslu, for fear;
    illa fœrt fyrir ísum, scarcely, passable for ice;
    gáðu þeir eigi fyrir veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing, they neglected to make hay;
    fyrir því at, because, since, as;
    12) against;
    gæt þín vel fyrir konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men;
    beiða griða Baldri fyrir alls konar háska, against all kinds of harm;
    13) fyrir sér, of oneself;
    mikill fyrir sér, strong, powerful;
    minnstr fyrir sér, smallest, weakest;
    14) denoting manner or quality, with;
    hvítr fyrir hærum, while with hoary hair;
    II. with acc.
    1) before, in front of;
    halda fyrir augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes;
    2) before, into the presence of;
    stefna e-m fyrir dómstól, before a court;
    3) over;
    hlaupa fyrir björg, to leap over a precipice;
    kasta fyrir borð, to throw overboard;
    4) in one’s way, crossing one’s way;
    ríða á leið fyrir þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them;
    5) round, off;
    sigla fyrir nes, to weather a point;
    6) along, all along;
    fyrir endilangan Noreg, all along Norway, from one end to the other;
    draga ör fyrir odd, to draw the arrow past the point;
    7) of time, fyrir dag, before day;
    fyrir e-s minni, before one’s memory;
    8) for, on behalf of;
    vil ek bjóða at fara fyrir þik, I will offer to go for thee, in thy stead;
    lögvörn fyrir mál, a lawful defence for a case;
    9) for, for the benefit of;
    þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, they cut the lyme-grass for them (the horses);
    10) for, instead of, in place of, as;
    11) for, because of (vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit);
    fyrir þín orð, for thy words (intercession);
    fyrir sína vinsæld, by reason of his popularity;
    12) denoting value, price;
    fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks;
    fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost;
    13) in spite of, against (giptast fyrir ráð e-s);
    14) joined with adverbs ending in -an, governing acc. (fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan);
    fyrir austan, sunnan fjall, east, south of the fell;
    fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge;
    fyrir handan á, beyond the river;
    fyrir innan garð, inside the fence;
    III. as adverb or ellipt.
    1) ahead, before, opp. to eptir;
    þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, when this came first, preceded;
    2) first;
    mun ek þar eptir gera sem þér gerit fyrir, I shall do to you according as you do first;
    3) at hand, present, to the fore;
    föng þau, er fyrir vóru, stores that were at hand;
    þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already present (before the bride and bridegroom came);
    4) e-m verðr e-t fyrir, one takes a certain step, acts so and so;
    Kolbeini varð ekki fyrir, K. was at a loss what to do;
    e-t mælist vel (illa) fyrir, a thing is well (ill) spoken or reported of (kvæðit mæltist vel fyrir).
    * * *
    prep., in the Editions spelt differently; in MSS. this word is usually abbreviated either  (i. e. firir), or Ꝼ̆, fur͛, fvr͛ (i. e. fyrir); in some MSS. it is idiomatically spelt with i, fir͛, e. g. Arna-Magn. 382 (Bs. i. 263 sqq.); and even in the old Miracle-book Arna-Magn. 645 (Bs. i. 333 sqq.), just as ifir is written for yfir ( over); in a few MSS. it is written as a monosyllable fyr, e. g. D. I. i. 475, Mork. passim; in Kb. (Sæm.-Edda) occurs fyr telia, Vsp. I; fyr norðan, 36; fyr dyrum, Gm. 22; fyr vestan ver, Hkv. 2. 8; in other places as a dissyll. fyrir, e. g. Hm. 56, Gm. 54, Skm. 34, Ls. 15, Am. 64, Hkv. 2. 2, 19 (quoted from Bugge’s edition, see his preface, p. xvi); fyr and fyrir stand to one another in the same relation as ept to eptir, und to undir, of ( super) to yfir: this monosyllabic form is obsolete, save in the compds, where ‘for-’ is more common than ‘fyrir-;’ in some cases both forms are used, e. g. for-dæming and fyrir-dæming; in others only one, but without any fixed rule: again, the forms fyri, fyre, or fire, which are often used in Edd., are just as wrong, as if one were to say epti, undi, yfi; yet this spelling is found now and then in MSS., as, fyre, Ó. H. (facsimile); fire, Grág. Sb. ii. 288 (also facsimile): the particles í and á are sometimes added, í fur, Fms. iv. 137; í fyrir, passim; á fur, Haustl. 1. [Ulf. faur and faura; A. S. fore and for; Engl. for and fore-; Germ. für and vor; Dan. for; Swed. för; Gr. προ-; Lat. pro, prae.]
    WITH DAT., chiefly without the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrum, before the doors, at the doors, Nj. 14, Vsp. 53, Hm. 69, Edda 130; niðr f. smiðju-dyrum, Eg. 142:—ahead, úti fyrir búðinni, Nj. 181; kómusk sauðirnir upp á fjallit f. þeim, ahead of them, 27; vóru fyrir honum borin merkin, the banner was borne before him, 274; göra orð fyrir sér, to send word before one, Fms. vii. 207, Hkr. iii. 335 (Ó. H. 201, l. c., frá sér):—also denoting direction, niðri í eldinum f. sér, beneath in the fire before them, Nj. 204; þeir sá f. sér bæ mikinn, they saw before them a great building, i. e. they came to a great house, Eg. 546; öðrum f. sér ( in front) en öðrum á bak sér, Grág. i. 5.
    2. before one, before one’s face, in one’s presence; úhelgaða ek Otkel f. búum, before the neighbours, Nj. 87; lýsi ek f. búum fimm, 218; lýsa e-u ( to proclaim) f. e-m, Ld. 8; hann hermdi boð öll f. Gizuri, Nj. 78; hón nefndisk f. þeim Gunnhildr, told them that her name was G., Fms. i. 8; kæra e-t f. e-m, Ó. H. 60; slíkar fortölur hafði hann f. þeim, Nj. 200; the saying, því læra börnin málið að það er f. þeim haft, bairns learn to speak because it is done before them, i. e. because they hear it; hafa gott (íllt) f. e-m, to give a good (bad) example, e. g. in the presence of children; lifa vel f. Guði, to live well before God, 623. 29; stór ábyrgðar-hluti f. Guði, Nj. 199; sem þeir sjá réttast f. Guði, Grág. i. (pref.); fyrir öllum þeim, Hom. 89; á laun f. öðrum mönnum, hidden from other men, unknown to them, Grág. i. 337, Jb. 378; nú skaltú vera vin minn mikill f. húsfreyju minni, i. e. when you talk to my wife, Nj. 265; fyrir Drottni, before the Lord, Merl. 2. 78.
    3. denoting reception of guests, visitors; hann lét ryðja f. þeim búðina, he had the room cleared for them, for their reception, Nj. 228; Valhöll ryðja fyr vegnu fólki, i. e. to clear Valhalla for slain folk, Em. I; ryðja vígvöll f. vegundum, Nj. 212; ljúka upp f. e-m, to open the door for one, Fms. xi. 323, Stj. 5; rýma pallinn f. þeim, Eg. 304; hann lét göra eld f. þeim, he had a fire made for them, 204; þeir görðu eld. f. sér, Fms. xi. 63; … veizlur þar sem fyrir honum var búit, banquets that were ready for him, Eg. 45.
    II. before one, in one’s way; þar er díki varð f. þeim, Eg. 530; á (fjörðr) varð f. þeim, a river, fjord, was before them, i. e. they came to it, 133, 161; at verða eigi f. liði yðru, 51; maðr sá varð f. Vindum, that man was overtaken by the V., Hkr. iii. 363; þeirra manna er f. honum urðu, Eg. 92.
    2. sitja f. e-m, to lie in wait for one, Ld. 218, Nj. 107; lá f. henni í skóginum, Edda (pref.); sitja f. rekum, to sit watching for wrecks, Eg. 136 (fyrir-sát).
    3. ellipt., menn urðu at gæta sín er f. urðu, Nj. 100; Egill var þar f. í runninum, E. was before (them), lay in ambush, Eg. 378; hafði sá bana er f. varð, who was before (the arrow), i. e. he was hit, Nj. 8.
    4. verða f. e-u, to be hit, taken, suffer from a thing; ef hann verðr f. drepi, if he be struck, Grág. ii. 19; verða f. áverka, to be wounded, suffer injury, Ld. 140; verða f. reiði konungs, to fall into disgrace with the king, Eg. 226; verða f. ósköpum, to become the victim of a spell, spell-bound, Fas. i. 130; sitja f. hvers manns ámæli, to be the object of all men’s blame, Nj. 71; vera eigi f. sönnu hafðr, to be unjustly charged with a thing, to be innocent.
    III. a naut. term, before, off; liggja f. bryggjum, to lie off the pier, Ld. 166; skip fljóta f. strengjum, Sks. 116; þeir lágu f. bænum, they lay off the town, Bs. i. 18; liggja úti f. Jótlands-síðu, off Jutland, Eg. 261; hann druknaði f. Jaðri, off the J., Fms. i. II; þeir kómu at honum f. Sjólandi, off Zealand, x. 394; hafa úti leiðangr f. landi, Hkr. i. 301; f. Humru-minni, off the Humber, Orkn. 338, cp. Km. 3, 8, 9, 13, 19, 21; fyrir Nesjum, off the Ness, Vellekla; fyrir Tungum, Sighvat; fyrir Spáni, off Spain, Orkn. 356.
    IV. before, at the head of, denoting leadership; smalamaðr f. búi föður síns, Ver. 26 (of king David); vera f. liði, to be over the troops, Eg. 292, Nj. 7; vera f. máli, to lead the case, Band. 8; vera forstjóri f. búi, to be steward over the household, Eg. 52; ráða f. landi, ríki, etc., to rule, govern, Ó H. 33, Nj. 5; hverr f. eldinum réði, who was the ringleader of the fire, Eg. 239; ráða f. e-u, to rule, manage a thing, passim: the phrase, sitja f. svörum, to respond on one’s behalf, Ölk. 36, Band. 12; hafa svör f. e-m, to be the chief spokesman, Fms. x. 101, Dipl. v. 26.
    V. special usages; friða f. e-m, to make peace for one, Fms. vii. 16, Bs. i. 65; bæta f. e-m, to make things good for one, Hom. 109; túlka, vera túlkr, flytja (etc.) f. e-m, to plead for one, Fms. iii. 33, Nj. 128,—also spilla f. e-m, to disparage one, Eg. 255; haga, ætla f. e-u, to manage, arrange for one, Ld. 208, Sturl. i. 14, Boll. 356; rífka ráð f. e-m, to better one’s condition, Nj. 21; ráða heiman-fylgju ok tilgjöf f. frændkonu sinni, Js. 58; standa f. manni, to stand before, shield a man, stand between him and his enemy, Eg. 357, Grág. ii. 13; vera skjöldr f. e-m, 655 xxxii. 4; hafa kostnað f. e-u, to have the expences for a thing, Ld. 14; vinna f. e-m, to support one by one’s work, Sks. 251; starfa f. fé sínu, to manage one’s money, Ld. 166; hyggja f. e-u, to take heed for a thing, Nj. 109; hyggja f. sér, Fs. 5; hafa forsjá f. e-m, to provide for one, Ld. 186; sjá f. e-u, to see after, Eg. 118, Landn, 152; sjá þú nokkut ráð f. mér, Nj. 20: ironic. to put at rest, Háv. 40: ellipt., sjá vel f., to provide well for, Nj. 102.
    B. TEMP. ago; fyrir þrem nóttum, three nights ago; fyrir stundu, a while ago, Nj. 80; fyrir litlu, a little while ago, Fms. i. 76, Ld. 134; fyrir skömmu, a sbort while ago; fyrir löngu, a long while ago, Nj. 260, Fms. i. 50; fyrir öndverðu, from the beginning, Grág. i. 80, ii. 323, 394, Finnb. 342; fyrir þeim, before they were born, Fms. i. 57.
    2. the phrase, vera f. e-u, to forebode; vera f. stórfundum, Nj. 107, 277; þat hygg ek vera munu f. siða-skipti, Fms. xi. 12; þessi draumr mun vera f. kvámu nökkurs manns, vii. 163; dreyma draum f. e-u, 8; fyrir tiðendum, ii. 65:—spá f. e-m, to ‘spae’ before, prophecy to one, Nj. 171.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. before, above; þóttu þeir þar f. öllum ungum mönnum, Dropl. 7; þykkisk hann mjök f. öðrum mönnum, Ld. 38; ver f. hirðmönnum, be first among my herdsmen, Eg. 65; Hálfdan svarti var f. þeim bræðrum, H. was the foremost of the brothers, Fms. i. 4; þorgrímr var f. sonum Önundar, Grett. 87; var Haraldr mest f. þeim at virðingu, Fms. i. 47.
    II. denoting help, assistance; haun skal rétta vættið f. þeim, Grág. i. 45 (vide above A. IV and V).
    2. the following seem to be Latinisms, láta lífit f. heilagri Kristni, to give up one’s life for holy Christianity, = Lat. pro, Fms. vii. 172; ganga undir píslir fyrir Guðs nafni, Blas. 38; gjalda önd mína f. önd þinni, Johann. 17; gefa gjöf f. sál sinni ( pro animâ suâ), H. E. i. 466; fyrir mér ok minni sál, Dipl. iv. 8; færa Guði fórnir f. e-m, 656 A; heita f. e-m, biðja f. e-m, to make a vow, pray for one (orare pro), Fms. iii. 48, Bs. i. 70; biðja f. mönnum, to intercede for, 19, Fms. xi. 287: even with a double construction, biðja f. stað sinn (acc., which is vernacular) ok heilagri kirkju (dat., which is a Latinism), x. 127.
    III. denoting disadvantage, harm, suffering; þú lætr Egil vefja öll mál fyrir þér, thou lettest Egil thwart all thy affairs, Eg. 249; únýtir hann þá málit fyrir sér, then he ruins his own case, Grág. i. 36, Dropl. 14, 16; Manverjar rufu safnaðinn f. Þorkatli, the Manxmen broke up the assembly, i. e. forsook Thorkel, Fms. ix. 422; kom upp grátr f. henni, she burst into tears, 477; taka fé f. öðrum, to take another’s money, N. G. L. i. 20; knörr þann er konungr lét taka fyrir Þórólfi, Landn. 56; ef hross verðr tekit f. honum, if a horse of his be taken, Grág. i. 436; hann tók upp fé fyrir öllum, he seized property for them all, Ó. H. 60; e-t ferr ílla f. e-m, a thing turns out ill for one; svá fór f. Ólófu, so it came to pass for O., Vígl. 18; loka dyrr f. e-m, to lock the door in one’s face, Edda 21: þeir hafa eigi þessa menn f. yðr drepit, heldr f. yðrar sakir þessi víg vegit, i. e. they have not harmed you, but rather done you a service in slaying those men, Fbr. 33; tók at eyðask f. henni lausa-fé, her money began to fail, Nj. 29; rak á f. þeim storma ok stríðviðri, they were overtaken by gales and bad weather, Vígl. 27; Víglundr rak út knöttinn f. Jökli, V. drove the ball for J., i. e. so that he had to run after it, 24; sá er skar tygil f. Þóri, he who cut Thor’s line, Bragi; sverð brast f. mér, my sword broke, Korm. 98 (in a verse); brjóta e-t f. e-m, to break a thing for one, Bs. i. 15 (in a verse); Valgarðr braut krossa fyrir Merði ok öll heilög tákn, Nj. 167; árin brotnaði f. honum, his oar broke; allar kýrnar drápust fyrir honum, all his cows died.
    2. denoting difficulty, hindrance; sitja f. sæmd e-s, to sit between oneself and one’s honour, i. e. to hinder one’s doing well, Sturl. 87; mikit göri þér mér f. þessu máli, you make this case sore for me, Eb. 124; þér er mikit f. máli, thy case stands ill, Fms. v. 325; ekki er Guði f. því, it is easy for God to do, 656 B. 9; varð honum lítið f. því, it was a small matter for him, he did it easily, Grett. III; mér er minna f. því, it is easier for me, Am. 60; þykkja mikit f. e-u, to be much grieved for a thing, do it unwillingly, Nj. 77; Icel. also say, þykja fyrir (ellipt.), to feel hurt, be displeased:—ellipt., er þeim lítið fyrir at villa járnburð þenna, it is a small matter for them to spoil this ordeal, Ó. H. 140; sem sér muni lítið f. at veiða Gunnar, Nj. 113; fast mun f. vera, it will be fast-fixed before (one), hard to move, Ld. 154; Ásgrími þótti þungt f., A. thought that things looked sad (heavy), Nj. 185; hann var lengi f., he was long about it, Fms. x. 205; hann var lengi f. ok kvað eigi nei við, he was cross and said not downright no, Þorf. Karl. 388.
    IV. in a causal sense, for, because of, Lat. per, pro; sofa ek né mákat fugls jarmi fyrir, I cannot sleep for the shrill cry of birds, Edda 16 (in a verse); hon undi sér hvergi f. verkjum, she had no rest for pains, Bjarn. 69; fyrir gráti, tárum, = Lat. prae lacrymis; fyrir harmi, for sorrow; f. hlátri, for laughter, as in Engl.; þeir æddust f. einni konu, they went mad for the sake of one woman, Sól. 11; ílla fært f. ísum, scarce passable for ice, Fms. xi. 360; hætt var at sitja útar f. Miðgarðs-ormi, Edda 35; hann var lítt gengr f. sárinu, he could hardly walk for the wound, Fbr. 178; fyrir hræðslu, for fear, Hbl. 26; heptisk vegrinn f. þeim meinvættum sem …, Fs. 4; gáðu þeir eigi f. veiðum at fá heyjanna, because of fishing they took no care to make hay, Landn. 30; fyrir riki konungs, for the king’s power, Eg. 67, 117; fyrir ofríki manna, Grág. i. 68; fyrir hví, for why? Eluc. 4; fyrir hví þeir væri þar, Eg. 375; fyrir því, at …, for that, because, Edda 35, Fms. i. 22, vii. 330, Ld. 104; en fyrir því nú at, now since, Skálda 171; nú fyrir því at, id., 169: the phrase, fyrir sökum, for the sake of, because of, passim; vide sök.
    V. by, by the force of; öxlin gékk ór liði fyrir högginu, the shoulder was disjointed by the force of the stroke, Háv. 52.
    2. denoting contest; falla f. e-m, to fall before one, i. e. fighting against one, Fms. i. 7, iv. 9, x. 196; verða halloki f. e-m, to be overcome in fighting one, Ld. 146; látask f. e-m, to perish by one, Eb. 34; hafa bana f. e-m, to be slain by one, Nj. 43; þeir kváðu fá fúnað hafa f. honum, 263; mæddisk hann f. þeim, he lost his breath in fighting them, Eg. 192; láta ríki f. e-m, to lose the kingdom before another, i. e. so that the latter gains it, 264; láta lausar eignir mínar f. þér, 505; láta hlut sinn f. e-m, Fs. 47; standask f. e-m, to stand one’s ground before one, Edda (pref.); hugðisk hann falla mundu f. sjóninni einni saman, that he would sink before his glance, 28, Hým. 12; halda hlut f. e-m, Ld. 54; halda frið ok frelsi f. várum óvinum, Fms. viii. 219; fara mun ek sem ek hefi áðr ætlað f. þínum draum ( thy dream notwithstanding), Ld. 216; þér farit hvárt er þér vilit f. mér, you go wherever you like for me, so far as I am concerted, Fær. 37; halda vöku f. sér, to keep oneself awake, Fms. i. 216.
    β. with verbs, flýja, hlaupa, renna, stökkva f. e-m, to fly, leap, run before one, i. e. to be pursued, Bs. i. 774, Grág. ii. 359; at hann rynni f. þrælum hans, Ld. 64; fyrir þessum úfriði stökk Þangbrandr til Noregs, 180; skyldi hann ganga ór á f. Hofsmönnum, Landn. 178; ganga f. e-u, to give way before, yield to a thing, Fms. i. 305, x. 292; vægja f. e-m, to yield to one, give way, Eg. 21, 187, Nj. 57, Ld. 234.
    VI. against; verja land f. e-m, Eg. 32; verja landit f. Dönum ok öðrum víkingum, Fms. i. 23; til landvarnar f. víkingum, Eg. 260; landvarnar-maðr f. Norðmönnum, Fms. vi. 295; gæta brúarinnar f. bergrisum, Edda 17; gæt þín vel f. konungi ok hans mönnum, guard thee well against the king and his men, Eg. 113; góð aðstoð f. tröllum ok dvergum, Bárð. 163; beiða Baldri griða f. allskonar háska, Edda 36; auðskæðr f. höggum, Eg. 770.
    VII. in the sense of being driven before; fyrir straumi, veðri, vindi, before the stream, wind, weather (forstreymis, forvindis), Grág. ii. 384, Fms. vii. 262; halda f. veðri, to stand before the wind, Róm. 211.
    2. rýrt mun verða f. honum smá-mennit, he will have an easy game with the small people, Nj. 94: ellipt., hafði sá bana er f. varð, 8; sprakk f., 16, 91.
    VIII. fyrir sér, of oneself, esp. of physical power; mikill f. sér, strong, powerful; lítill f. sér, weak, feeble, Nj. 20, Ísl. ii. 368, Eg. 192; þér munuð kalla mik lítinn mann f. mér, Edda 33; minnstr f. sér, smallest, weakest, Eg. 123; gildr maðr f. sér, Ísl. ii. 322, Fms. ii. 145; herðimaðr mikiil f. sér, a hardy man, Nj. 270; hvat ert þú f. þér, what kind of fellow art thou? Clem. 33; vera einn f. sér, to be a strange fellow, Grett. 79 new Ed.; Icel. also say, göra mikið (lítið) f. sér, to make oneself big ( little).
    β. sjóða e-t f. sér, to hesitate, saunter, Nj. 154; mæla f. munni, to talk between one’s teeth, to mutter, Orkn. 248, Nj. 249.
    IX. denoting manner or quality; hvítr f. hærum, white with hoary hairs, Fms. vi. 95, Fas. ii. 540; gráir fyrir járnum, grey with steel, of a host in armour, Mag. 5; hjölt hvít f. silfri, a hilt white with silver = richly silvered, Eb. 226.
    X. as adverb or ellipt.,
    1. ahead, in front, = á undan, Lat. prae, opp. to eptir; þá var eigi hins verra eptir ván, er slíkt fór fyrir, as this came first, preceded, Nj. 34; at einhverr mundi fara heim fyrir, that some one would go home first (to spy), Eg. 580; Egill fór f., E. went in before, id.; at vér ríðim þegar f. í nótt, 283.
    β. first; hann stefndi f. málinu, en hann mælti eptir, one pronounced the words first, but the other repeated after him, Nj. 35; mun ek þar eptir göra sem þér gerit f., I shall do to you according as you do first, 90:—temp., sjau nóttum f., seven nights before, Grág. ii. 217.
    2. to the fore, at hand, present; þar var fyrir fjöldi boðsmanna, a host of guests was already to the fore, i. e. before the bride and bridegroom came, Nj. 11; úvíst er at vita hvar úvinir sitja á fleti fyrir, Hm. 1; skal þá lögmaðr þar f. vera, he shall be there present, Js. 3; heima í túni fyrir, Fær. 50; þar vóru fyrir Hildiríðar-synir, Eg. 98; var honum allt kunnigt fyrir, he knew all about the localities, 583; þeim ómögum, sem f. eru, who are there already, i. e. in his charge, Grág. i. 286: of things, föng þau er f. vóru, stores that were to the fore, at hand, Eg. 134.
    3. fore, opp. to ‘back,’ of clothes; slæður settar f. allt gullknöppum, Eg. 516; bak ok fyrir, back and front, = bak ok brjóst, Mar.
    XI. in the phrase, e-m verðr e-t fyrir, a thing is before one, i. e. one takes that and that step, acts so and so in an emergency; nú verðr öðrum þeirra þat f., at hann kveðr, now if the other part alleges, that …, Grág. i. 362; Kolbeini varð ekki f., K. had no resource, i. e. lost his head, Sturl. iii. 285:—the phrase, e-t mælisk vel (ílla) fyrir, a thing is well ( ill) reported of; víg Gunnars spurðisk ok mæltisk ílla fyrir um allar sveitir, Nj. 117, Sturl. ii. 151; mun þat vel f. mælask, people will like it well, Nj. 29, Þórð. 55 new Ed.; ílla mun þat f. mælask at ganga á sættir við frændr sína, Ld. 238; ok er lokit var, mæltisk kvæðit vel f., the people praised the poem, Fms. vii. 113.
    XII. in special senses, either as prep. or adv. (vide A. V. above); segja leið f. skipi, to pilot a ship, Eg. 359; segja f. skipi, to say a prayer for a new ship or for any ship going to sea, Bs. i. 774, Fms. x. 480; mæla f. e-u, to dictate, Grág. ii. 266; mæla f. minni, to bring out a toast, vide minni; mæla f. sætt, i. 90; skipa, koma e-u f., to arrange, put right; ætla f. e-u, to make allowance for; trúa e-m f. e-u, to entrust one with; það fer mikið f. e-u (impers.), it is of great compass, bulky; hafa f. e-u, to have trouble with a thing; leita f. sér, to enquire; biðjask f., to say one’s prayers, vide biðja; mæla fyrir, segja f., etc., to order, Nj. 103, Js. 3: of a spell or solemn speaking, hann mælti svá f., at …, Landn. 34; spyrjask f., to enquire, Hkr. ii. 333; búask f., to prepare, make arrangement, Landn. 35, Sks. 551; skipask f., to draw up, Nj. 197; leggjask f., to lie down in despair, Bs. i. 194; spá fyrir, to ‘spae’ before, foretell; þeir menn er spá f. úorðna hluti, Fms. i. 96; segja f., to foretell, 76, Bb. 332; Njáll hefir ok sagt f. um æfi hans, Nj. 102; vita e-t f., to ‘wit’ beforehand, know the future, 98; sjá e-t f., to foresee, 162; ef þat er ætlat f., fore-ordained, id.
    WITH ACC., mostly with the notion of movement.
    A. LOCAL:
    I. before, in front of; fyrir dyrrin, Nj. 198; láta síga brýnn f. brár, Hkv. Hjörv. 19; halda f. augu sér, to hold (one’s hands) before one’s eyes, Nj. 132; leggja sverði fyrir brjóst e-m, to thrust a sword into his breast, 162, Fs. 39.
    2. before one, before a court; stefna e-m f. dómstól, Fms. xi. 444; ganga, koma f. e-n, to go, come before one, Fms. i. 15, Eg. 426, Nj. 6, 129, passim; fyrir augu e-s, before one’s eyes, Stj. 611.
    3. before, so as to shield; hann kom skildinum f. sik, he put the shield before him, Nj. 97, 115; halda skildi f. e-n, a duelling term, since the seconder had to hold one’s shield, Ísl. ii. 257.
    4. joined to adverbs such as fram, aptr, út, inn, ofan, niðr, austr, vestr, suðr, norðr, all denoting direction; fram f., forward; aptr f., backward, etc.; hann reiddi öxina fram f. sik, a stroke forward with the axe, Fms. vii. 91; hann hljóp eigi skemra aptr en fram fyrir sik, Nj. 29; þótti honum hann skjóta brandinum austr til fjallanna f. sik, 195; komask út f. dyrr, to go outside the door, Eg. 206:—draga ofan f. brekku, to drag over the hill, Ld. 220; hrinda f. mel ofan, to thrust one over the gravel bank, Eg. 748; hlaupa f. björg, to leap over a precipice, Eb. 62, Landn. 36; elta e-n f. björg, Grág. ii. 34; hlaupa (kasta) f. borð, to leap ( throw) overboard, Fms. i. 178, Hkr. iii. 391, Ld. 226; síga ( to be hauled) niðr f. borgar-vegg, 656 C. 13, Fms. ix. 3; hlaupa niðr f. stafn, Eg. 142; niðr f. skaflinn, Dropl. 25; fyrir brekku, Orkn. 450, Glúm. 395 (in a verse).
    II. in one’s way, crossing one’s way; þeir stefndu f. þá, Fms. ix. 475; ríða á leið f. þá, to ride in their way, so as to meet them, Boll. 348; hlaupa ofan f. þá, Nj. 153; vóru allt komin f. hann bréf, letters were come before him, in his way, Fms. vii. 207; þeir felldu brota f. hann, viz. they felled trees before him, so as to stop him, viii. 60, ix. 357; leggja bann f. skip, to lay an embargo on a ship, Ld. 166.
    III. round, off a point; fyrir nesit, Nj. 44; út f. Holm, out past the Holm, Fms. vii. 356: esp. as a naut. term, off a point on the shore, sigla f. England, Norðyrnbraland, Þrasnes, Spán, to sail by the coast of, stand off England, Northumberland, … Spain, Orkn. 338, 340, 342, 354; fyrir Yrjar, Fms. vii. (in a verse); fyrir Siggju, Aumar, Lista, Edda 91 (in a verse); er hann kom f. Elfina, when be came off the Gotha, Eg. 80; leggja land f. skut, to lay the land clear of the stern, i. e. to pass it, Edda l. c.; göra frið f. land sitt, to pacify the land from one end to another, Ld. 28; fyrir uppsprettu árinnar, to come to ( round) the sources of the river, Fms. iii. 183; fyrir garðs-enda, Grág. ii. 263; girða f. nes, to make a wall across the ness, block it up, cp. Lat. praesepire, praemunire, etc., Grág. ii. 263; so also binda f. op, poka, Lat. praeligare, praestringere; hlaða f. gat, holu, to stop a hole, opening; greri f. stúfinn, the stump (of the arm or leg) was healed, closed, Nj. 275; skjóta slagbrandi f. dyrr, to shoot a bolt before the door, to bar it, Dropl. 29; láta loku (lás) f. hurð, to lock a door, Gísl. 28; setja innsigli f. bréf, to set a seal to a letter, Dipl. i. 3: ellipt., setr hón þar lás fyrir, Ld. 42, Bs. i. 512.
    2. along, all along; f. endilanga Danmörk, f. endilangan Noreg, all along Denmark, Norway, from one end to the other, Fms. iv. 319, xi. 91, Grett. 97:—öx álnar f. munn, an axe with an ell-long edge, Ld. 276; draga ör f. ödd, to draw the arrow past the point, an archer’s term, Fms. ii. 321.
    IV. with verbs, fyrir ván komit, one is come past hope, all hope is gone, Sturl. i. 44, Hrafn. 13, Fms. ii. 131; taka f. munn e-m, to stop one’s mouth; taka f. háls, kverkar, e-m, to seize one by the throat, etc.; taka mál f. munn e-m, ‘verba alicujus praeripere,’ to take the word out of one’s mouth, xi. 12; taka f. hendr e-m, to seize one’s hands, stop one in doing a thing, Eb. 124; mod., taka fram f. hendrnar á e-m.
    B. TEMP.: fyrir dag, before day, Eg. 80; f. miðjan dag, Ld. 14; f. sól, before sunrise, 268; f. sólar-lag, before sunset; f. miðjan aptan, Nj. 192; f. náttmál, 197; f. óttu, Sighvat; f. þinglausnir, Ölk. 37; f. Jól, Nj. 269; f. fardaga, Grág. ii. 341; viku f. sumar, 244; f. mitt sumar, Nj. 138; litlu f. vetr, Eg. 159; f. vetrnætr, Grág. ii. 217; f. e-s minni, before one’s memory, Íb. 16.
    C. METAPH.:
    I. above, before; hann hafdi mest fyrir aðra konunga hraustleikinn, Fms. x. 372.
    II. for, on behalf of; vil ek bjóða at fara f. þik, I will go for thee, in thy stead, Nj. 77; ganga í skuld f. e-n, Grág. i. 283; Egill drakk … ok svá f. Ölvi, Eg. 210; kaupa e-t f. e-n, Nj. 157; gjalda gjöld f. e-n, Grág. i. 173; verja, sækja, sakir f. e-n, Eg. 504; hvárr f. sik, each for oneself, Dipl. v. 26; sættisk á öll mál f. Björn, Nj. 266; tók sættir f. Björn, Eg. 168; svara f. e-t, Fms. xi. 444; hafa til varnir f. sik, láta lýrit, lög-vörn koma f.; færa vörn f. sik, etc.; verja, sækja sakir f. sik, and many similar law phrases, Grág. passim; biðja konu f. e-n, to woo a lady for another, Fms. x. 44; fyrir mik, on my behalf, for my part, Gs. 16; lögvörn f. mál, a lawful defence for a case, Nj. 111; hafa til varnar f. sök, to defend a case, Grág. i. 61; halda skiladómi f. e-t, Dipl. iv. 8; festa lög f. e-t, vide festa.
    III. in a distributive sense; penning f. mann, a penny per man, K. Þ. K. 88; fyrir nef hvert, per nose = per head, Lv. 89, Fms. i. 153, Ó. H. 141; hve f. marga menn, for how many men, Grág. i. 296; fyrir hverja stiku, for each yard, 497.
    IV. for, for the benefit of; brjóta brauð f. hungraða, Hom. 75; þeir skáru f. þá melinn, they cut the straw for them (the horses), Nj. 265; leggja kostnað f. e-n, to defray one’s costs, Grág. i. 341.
    V. for, instead of; hann setti sik f. Guð, Edda (pref.); hafa e-n f. Guð (Lat. pro Deo), Stj. 73, Barl. 131; geta, fá, kveðja mann f. sik, to get a man as one’s delegate or substitute, Grág. i. 48 passim; þeir höfðu vargstakka f. brynjur, Fs. 17; manna-höfuð vóru f. kljána, Nj. 275; gagl f. gás ok grís f. gamalt svín, Ó. H. 86; rif stór f. hlunna, Háv. 48; buðkr er f. húslker er hafðr, Vm. 171; auga f. auga, tönn f. tönn, Exod. xxi. 24; skell f. skillinga, Þkv. 32.
    VI. because of, for; vilja Gunnar dauðan fyrir höggit, Nj. 92, Fms. v. 162; eigi f. sakleysi, not without ground, i. 302; fyrir hvat (why, for what) stefndi Gunnarr þeim til úhelgi? Nj. 101; ok urðu f. þat sekir, Landn. 323; hafa ámæli f. e-t, Nj. 65, passim.
    2. in a good sense, for one’s sake, for one; fyrir þín orð, for thy words, intercession, Ísl. ii. 217; vil ek göra f. þín orð, Ld. 158, Nj. 88; fyrir sína vinsæld, by his popularity, Fms. i. 259: the phrase, fyrir e-s sök, for one’s sake, vide sök: in swearing, a Latinism, fyrir trú mína, by my faith! (so in Old Engl. ‘fore God), Karl. 241; fyrir þitt líf, Stj. 514; ek særi þik f. alla krapta Krists ok manndóm þinn, Nj. 176. VII. for, at, denoting value, price; fyrir þrjár merkr, for three marks, Eg. 714; er sik leysti út f. þrjú hundruð marka, Fms. ix. 421; ganga f. hundrað, to pass or go for a hundred, D. I. i. 316:—also of the thing bought, þú skalt reiða f. hana þrjár merkr, thou shall pay for her three marks, Ld. 30; fyrir þik skulu koma mannhefndir, Nj. 57; bætr f. víg, Ísl. ii. 274; bætr f. mann, Eg. 259, passim; fyrir áverka Þorgeirs kom legorðs-sökin, Nj. 101:—so in the phrase, fyrir hvern mun, by all means, at any cost; fyrir öngan mun, by no means, Fms. i. 9, 157, Gþl. 531:—hafði hverr þeirra mann f. sik, eða tvá …, each slew a man or more for himself, i. e. they sold their lives dearly, Ó. H. 217.
    2. ellipt., í staðinn f., instead of, Grág. i. 61; hér vil ek bjóða f. góð boð, Nj. 77; taka umbun f., Fms. vii. 161; svara slíku f. sem …, Boll. 350; þér skulut öngu f. týna nema lífinu, you shall lose nothing less than your head, Nj. 7.
    VIII. by means of, by, through; fyrir þat sama orð, Stj.; fyrir sína náttúru, Fms. v. 162; fyrir messu-serkinn, iii. 168; fyrir þinn krapt ok frelsis-hönd, Pass. 19. 12; svikin f. orminn, by the serpent, Al. 63,—this use of fyrir seems to be a Latinism, but is very freq. in eccl. writings, esp. after the Reformation, N. T., Pass., Vídal.; fyrir munn Davíðs, through the mouth of David, etc.:—in good old historical writings such instances are few; þeir hlutuðu f. kast ( by dice), Sturl. ii. 159.
    IX. in spite of, against; fyrir vilja sinn, N. G. L. i. 151; fyrir vitorð eðr vilja e-s, against one’s will or knowledge, Grág. ii. 348; kvángask (giptask) f. ráð e-s, i. 177, 178, Þiðr. 190; nú fara menn f. bann ( in spite of an embargo) landa á milli, Gþl. 517; hann gaf henni líf f. framkvæmd farar, i. e. although she had not fulfilled her journey ( her vow), Fms. v. 223; fyrir várt lof, vi. 220; fyrir allt þat, in spite of all that, Grett. 80 new Ed.; fyrir ráð fram, heedlessly; fyrir lög fram, vide fram.
    X. denoting capacity, in the same sense as ‘at,’ C. II, p. 27, col. 1; scarcely found in old writers (who use ‘at’), but freq. in mod. usage, thus, eigi e-n f. vin, to have one for a friend, in old writers ‘at vin;’ hafa e-n f. fífl, fól, to make sport of one.
    2. in old writers some phrases come near to this, e. g. vita f. vist, to know for certain, Dipl. i. 3; vita f. full sannindi, id., ii. 16; hafa f. satt, to take for sooth, believe, Nj. 135; koma f. eitt, to come ( turn) all to one, Lv. 11, Nj. 91, Fms. i. 208; koma f. ekki, to come to naught, be of no avail, Ísl. ii. 215; fyrir hitt mun ganga, it will turn the other way, Nj. 93; fyrir hann er einskis örvænt orðs né verks, from him everything may be expected, Ísl. ii. 326; hafa e-s víti f. varnað, to have another’s faults for warning, Sól. 19.
    XI. joined with adverbs ending in -an, fyrir austan, vestan, sunnan, norðan, útan, innan, framan, handan, ofan, neðan, either with a following acc. denoting. direction, thus, fyrir austan, sunnan … fjall, east, south of the fell, i. e. on the eastern, southern side; fyrir neðan brú, below the bridge; fyrir útan fjall = Lat. ultra; fyrir innan fjall = Lat. infra; fyrir handan á, beyond the river; fyrir innan garð, inside the yard; fyrir ofan garð, above, beyond the yard, etc.; vide these adverbs:—used adverb., fyrir sunnan, in the south; fyrir vestan, in the west; fyrir norðan, in the north; fyrir austan, in the east,—current phrases in Icel. to mark the quarters of the country, cp. the ditty in Esp. Árb. year 1530; but not freq. in old writers, who simply say, norðr, suðr …, cp. Kristni S. ch. 1: absol. and adverb., fyrir ofan, uppermost; fyrir handan, on the other side:—fyrir útan e-t, except, save, Anal. 98, Vkv. 8; fyrir fram, vide fram.
    ☞ For- and fyrir- as prefixes, vide pp. 163–167 and below:
    I. fore-, for-, meaning before, above, in the widest sense, local, temp., and metaph. furthering or the like, for-dyri, for-nes, for-ellri, for-beini, etc.
    β. before, down, for-brekkis, -bergis, -streymis, -vindis, -viðris, etc.
    2. in an intens. sense = before others, very, but not freq.; for-dyld, -góðr, -hagr, -hraustr, -kostuligr, -kuðr, -lítill, -ljótr, -prís, -ríkr, -snjallr.
    II. (cp. fyrir, acc., C. IX), in a neg. or priv. sense; a few words occur even in the earliest poems, laws, and writers, e. g. for-að, -átta, -dæða, -nám, -næmi, -sending, -sköp, -verk, -veðja, -viða, -vitni, -ynja, -yrtir; those words at least seem to be original and vernacular: at a later time more words of the same kind crept in:
    1. as early as writers of the 13th and 14th centuries, e. g. for-boð, -bænir, -djarfa, -dæma (fyrir-dæma), -taka (fyrir-taka), -þóttr; fyrir-bjóða, -fara, -göra, -koma, -kunna, -líta, -muna, -mæla, -vega, -verða.
    2. introduced in some words at the time of the Reformation through Luther’s Bible and German hymns, and still later in many more through Danish, e. g. for-brjóta, -drífa, -láta, -líkast, -merkja, -nema, -sorga, -sóma, -standa, -svara, -þénusta, and several others; many of these, however, are not truly naturalised, being chiefly used in eccl. writings:—it is curious that if the pronoun be placed after the verb (which is the vernacular use in Icel.) the sense is in many cases reversed; thus, fyrir-koma, to destroy, but koma e-u fyrir can only mean to arrange; so also fyrir-mæla, to curse, and mæla fyrir, to speak for; for-bænir, but biðja fyrir e-m, etc.; in the latter case the sense is good and positive, in the former bad and negative; this seems to prove clearly that these compds are due to foreign influence.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > FYRIR

  • 105 ac

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ac

  • 106 adque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adque

  • 107 atque

    atque or āc (atque is used before vowels and consonants, ac, in class. lang., only before consonants; v. infra, I.), conj. [at has regularly in the compound atque a continuative, as in atqui it has an adversative force; pr. and further, and besides, and also; cf. in Gr. pros de, pros de eti, eti kai, eti de, and te kai; v. at init., and for the change of form atque, ac, cf. neque, nec; in MSS. and inscriptions sometimes written adque, and sometimes by confusion atqui ], a copulative particle, and also, and besides, and even, and (indicating a close internal connection between single words or whole clauses; while et designates an external connection of diff. objects with each other, v. et; syn.: et, -que, autem, praeterea, porro, ad hoc, ad haec).
    I.
    In joining single words, which is its most common use.
    A.
    In gen. (The following representation is based on a collection of all the instances of the use of atque and ac in Cic. Imp. Pomp., Phil. 2, Tusc. 1, and Off. 1; in Caes. B. G. 1 and 2; in Sall. C.; and in Liv. 21; and wherever in the account either author or work is not cited, there atque or ac does not occur.)
    1.
    The form atque.
    a.
    Before vowels and h. —Before a (very freq.):

    sociorum atque amicorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; id. Phil. 2, 13, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 34, 122; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; 1, 18; 1, 26; 2, 14; Sall. C. 5, 8; 7, 5; Liv. 21, 3; 21, 12.—Before e (very freq.):

    deposci atque expeti,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 5; 6, 16; 10, 28; id. Phil, 2, 21, 51; 2, 21, 52; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; Caes. B. G. 1, 6; 1, 15; 1, 18; 2, 19; Sall. C. 14, 6; 49, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 37.—Before i (very freq.):

    excitare atque inflammare,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 6; 3, 7; 7, 18; id. Phil. 2, 15, 37; 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 20, 46; 1, 40, 97; Caes. B. G. 1, 17; 1, 20; 1, 22; 2, 1 bis; Sall. C. 2, 3; 3, 5; 14, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 6; 21, 10.—Before o (freq. in Cic.):

    honestissimus atque ornatissimus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 17; 8, 21; 11, 31; id. Off. 1, 25, 86; 1, 27, 94; Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 14; Sall. C. 10, 6; Liv. 21, 8.—Before u (very rare), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7; 5, 11; 6, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 2, 20; Sall. C. 31, 6; 42, 1.—Before h (not infreq.):

    Sertorianae atque Hispaniensis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 24, 87; Caes. B. G. 1, 19; 2, 9; 2, 10; Sall. C. 6, 1; 12, 2; Liv. 21, 37.—
    b.
    Before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    Gallorum atque Belgarum,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; so,

    Cassius atque Brutus,

    Tac. A. 3, 76.—Before c (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Sall.):

    in portubus atque custodiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 16; 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 8, 18; id. Tusc. 1, 18, 42; id. Off. 1, 25, 88; Sall. C. 2, 3; 7, 4; 16, 3; 26, 4; 29, 3.—Before d (infreq.):

    superatam esse atque depressam,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 8, 21; id. Phil. 2, 44, 114: id. Off. 1, 6, 19; 1, 25, 85; 1, 33, 119; Sall. C. 4, 1; 20, 7; 20, 10.—Before f (infreq.):

    vitiis atque flagitiis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 30, 72; id. Off. 1, 28, 98; 1, 28, 100; Caes. B. G. 1, 2; Sall. C. 1, 4; 2, 9; 11, 2.— Before g (very rare):

    dignitate atque gloria,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 11; 5, 12:

    virtute atque gloria,

    Sall. C. 3, 2; 61, 9.—Before j (very rare):

    labore atque justitia,

    Sall. C. 10, 1; 29, 3.—Before l (rare):

    hilari atque laeto,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 100; id. Off. 1, 19, 64; Sall. C. 14, 3; 21, 2; 28, 4.—Before m (infreq. in Cic., once in Caes.):

    multae atque magnae,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 17, 50; id. Phil. 2, 39, 100; id. Off. 1, 29, 103; 1, 31, 110; Caes. B. G. 1, 34; Sall. C. 18, 4; 31, 7; 34, 1; 51, 1.—Before n (infreq.):

    adventu atque nomine,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 13; 20, 60; id. Off. 1, 28, 101; Sall. C. 2, 2 bis. —Before p (infreq. in Cic.):

    magna atque praeclara,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 11, 31; 16, 48; id. Off. 1, 44, 156; Sall. C. 4, 1; 4, 4; 16, 2; 20, 3.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (rare):

    se conlegit atque recreavit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 58.— Before s (rare in Cic.):

    provinciarum atque sociorum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 24, 71; id. Off. 1, 9, 30; 1, 21, 72; Sall. C. 2, 5; 2, 7; 6, 1.— Before t (infreq.):

    parietum atque tectorum,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69; id. Tusc. 1, 24, 57; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Sall. C. 42, 2; 50, 3; 51, 38.—Before v (infreq.):

    gravis atque vehemens,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 9, 25; id. Tusc. 1, 23, 54; Sall. C. 1, 1; 12, 3; 45, 4; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 30.—
    2.
    The form ac before consonants.—Before b (very rare):

    sentientes ac bene meritos,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149:

    feri ac barbari,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 31 and 33.—Before c (very rare):

    liberis ac conjugibus,

    Liv. 21, 30:

    Romae ac circa urbem,

    id. 21, 62.—Before d (freq. in Cic.):

    periculum ac discrimen,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; 9, 23; 12, 33; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 40; 1, 28, 69; id. Off. 1, 14, 42:

    usus ac disciplina,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; 2, 31; Sall. C. 5, 4; 5, 8; 28, 1; Liv. 21, 10; 21, 18; 21, 19.—Before f (infreq.):

    opima est ac fertilis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 6, 14; 7, 19; id. Tusc. 1, 1, 2; 1, 27, 66; id. Off. 1, 29, 103:

    potentissimos ac firmissimos,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3; 1, 48; 2, 12;

    2, 13: pessuma ac flagitiosissima,

    Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 17; 21, 20.—Before g (does not occur).—Before j (very rare):

    nobilitatis ac juventutis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 15, 37.—Before l (not infreq. in Liv.), Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 9; 23, 66; id. Phil. 2, 22, 54; Caes. B. G. 1, 12; 1, 23; 2, 23; Liv. 21, 13; 21, 14; 21, 35.—Before m (not infreq. in Cic.):

    terrore ac metu,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23; 18, 54 bis; 20, 59; id. Tusc. 1, 40, 95; id. Off. 1, 30, 106; Caes. B. G. 1, 39; 2, 14; Sall. C. 2, 4; 10, 1; Liv. 21, 8; 21, 60.—Before n (not infreq. in Cic.):

    insedit ac nimis inveteravit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 3, 7:

    gentes ac nationes,

    id. ib. 11, 31; 12, 35 bis; id. Phil. 2, 21, 50; id. Tusc. 1, 21, 48; Caes. B. G. 1, 20; 2, 28; Liv. 21, 32.—Before p (not infreq. in Cic., Caes., and Liv.):

    celeberrimum ac plenissimum,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; 12, 35; 13, 36; id. Phil. 2, 15, 39; id. Tusc. 1, 17, 41; id. Off. 1, 20, 68; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 20; 2, 13; 2, 19; Sall. C. 5, 9; Liv. 21, 25; 21, 34; 21, 35.—Before q (does not occur).—Before r (infreq.):

    firmamenti ac roboris,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 4, 10; 8, 21; 15, 45; id. Off. 1, 5, 15; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; Liv. 21, 41; 21, 44.—Before s (freq. in Cic. and Liv., infreq. in Caes.):

    vectigalibus ac sociis,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 2, 4; 4, 10; 11, 30; id. Phil. 2, 27, 66; Caes. B. G. 1, 25; 1, 31; 1, 33; 2, 24; Liv. 21, 4; 21, 33 bis; 21, 36.—Before t (infreq. in Cic., freq. in Liv.):

    tantis rebus ac tanto bello,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27 bis; 19, 56; 20, 59; Caes. B. G. 1, 26; 1, 39; 2, 6; Liv. 21, 7 ter; 21, 10; 21, 14; 21, 25.—Before v (not in Cic., only once in Caes. and Sall., but freq. in Liv.):

    armatos ac victores,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40:

    inconsulte ac veluti etc.,

    Sall. C. 42, 2:

    opera ac vineae,

    Liv. 21, 7; 21, 22; 21, 40; 21, 43. —(So in the phrases treated below: atque adeo, atque alter or alius, atque eccum, atque eo, atque etiam, atque illuc, atque is or hic, atque iterum, atque omnia, atque ut, atque late, atque sic, atque velut, but ac ne, ac si, and ac tamen).—With simul:

    Britannorum acies in speciem simul ac terrorem editioribus locis constiterat,

    Tac. Agr. 35:

    in se simul atque in Herculem,

    id. G. 34:

    suos prosequitur simul ac deponit,

    id. ib. 30; so,

    sociis pariter atque hostibus,

    id. H. 4, 73:

    innocentes ac noxios juxta cadere,

    id. A. 1, 48.—Hence, sometimes syn. with et—et, ut—ita, aeque ac; both—and, as—so, as well—as, as well as: hodie sero ac nequiquam [p. 190] voles, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 103 (cf. Cic. Quinct. 25, 79:

    verum et sero et nequidquam pudet): copia sententiarum atque verborum,

    Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    omnia honesta atque inhonesta,

    Sall. C. 30, 4:

    nobiles atque ignobiles,

    id. ib. 20, 7:

    caloris ac frigoris patientia par,

    Liv. 21, 4; 6, 41; Vell. 2, 127:

    vir bonus et prudens dici delector ego ac tu,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 32.—
    B.
    Esp.
    a.
    In a hendiadys:

    utinam isto animo atque virtute in summa re publica versari quam in municipali maluisset,

    with this virtuous feeling, Cic. Leg. 3, 16, 36:

    de conplexu ejus ac sinu,

    of his bosom embrace, id. Cat. 2, 10, 22:

    me eadem, quae ceteros, fama atque invidia vexabat, i. e. invidiosa fama,

    Sall. C. 3 fin.:

    clamore atque adsensu,

    shout of applause, Liv. 21, 3.—
    b.
    In joining to the idea of a preceding word one more important, and indeed, and even, and especially (v. Kritz ad Sall. J. 4, 3).
    (α).
    Absol.: Pa. Nempe tu istic ais esse erilem concubinam? Sc. Atque arguo me etc., yea and I maintain that I etc., Plaut. Mil. 2, 3, 66: Ph. Tun vidisti? Sc. Atque his quidem oculis, id. ib. 2, 4, 15: Ps. Ecquid habet is homo aceti in pectore? Ch. Atque acidissimi, id. Ps. 2, 4, 49; so id. Bacch. 3, 6, 9; id. Men. 1, 2, 40: Py. Cognoscitne (ea)? Ch. Ac memoriter, Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 6:

    Faciam boni tibi aliquid pro ista re ac lubens,

    and with a good will, id. Heaut. 4, 5, 15:

    rem difficilem (dii immortales) atque omnium difficillimam,

    and indeed, Cic. Or. 16, 52:

    magna diis immortalibus habenda est gratia atque huic ipsi Jovi Statori, etc.,

    and especially, id. Cat. 1, 5, 11:

    hebeti ingenio atque nullo,

    and in fact, id. Tusc. 5, 15, 45:

    ex plurimis periculis et insidiis atque ex media morte,

    and even, id. Cat. 4, 9:

    fratre meo atque eodem propinquo suo interfecto,

    and at the same time, Sall. J. 14, 11:

    intra moenia atque in sinu urbis,

    id. C. 52, 35.—
    (β).
    With adeo, and that too, and even:

    intra moenia atque adeo in senatu,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 2, 5:

    qui in urbe remanserunt atque adeo qui contra urbis salutem etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 12, 27:

    insto atque urgeo, insector, posco atque adeo flagito crimen,

    id. Planc. 19 fin.:

    non petentem atque adeo etiam absentem,

    Liv. 10, 5.—And with autem also added:

    atque adeo autem quor etc.,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 4, 42.—
    (γ).
    With etiam:

    id jam populare atque etiam plausibile factum est,

    and also, Cic. Div. in Caecil. 3, 8:

    ne Verginio commeatum dent atque etiam in custodia habeant,

    Liv. 3, 46.—
    (δ).
    With the dem. pron. hic, is:

    negotium magnum est navigare atque id mense Quintili,

    and besides, and that, and that too, Cic. Att. 5, 12; 1, 14:

    maximis defixis trabibus atque eis praeacutis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 27:

    Asseres pedum XII. cuspidibus praefixis atque hi maximis ballistis missi,

    id. ib. 2, 2:

    duabus missis subsidio cohortibus a Caesare, atque his primis legionum duarum,

    id. B. G. 5, 15; id. B. C. 3, 70:

    flumen uno omnino loco pedibus atque hoc aegre transiri potest,

    id. B. G. 5, 18:

    ad celeritatem onerandi subductionesque paulo facit humiliores... atque id eo magis, quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 1; cf. without id (perh. to avoid the repetition of the pron.): qua (sc. virtute) nostri milites facile superabant, atque eo magis, quod, etc., and that the more because etc., id. ib. 3, 8 fin.:

    dicendi artem apta trepidatione occultans atque eo validior,

    Tac. H. 1, 69; 2, 37; id. A. 4, 22; 4, 46.—
    II.
    In comparisons.
    A.
    Of equality (Rudd. II. p. 94; Zumpt, § 340); with par, idem, item, aequus, similis, juxta, talis, totidem, etc., as: et nota, quod ex hujus modi structura Graeca (sc. homoios kai, etc.) frequenter Latini ac et atque in significatione similitudinis accipiunt, Prisc. pp. 1192 and 1193 P.; cf. Gell. 10, 29; Lidd. and Scott, s. v. kai, III.:

    si parem sententiam hic habet ac formam,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 6, 36: quom opulenti loquuntur pariter atque ignobiles, Enn. ap. Gell. 11, 4:

    Ecastor pariter hoc atque alias res soles,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 1, 52:

    pariter nunc opera me adjuves ac re dudum opitulata es,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 3, 3:

    neque enim mihi par ratio cum Lucilio est ac tecum fuit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 1, 3:

    parique eum atque illos imperio esse jussit,

    Nep. Dat. 3, 5:

    magistrum equitum pari ac dictatorem imperio fugavit,

    id. Hann. 5, 3:

    pariter patribus ac plebi carus,

    Liv. 2, 33: nam et vita est eadem et animus te erga idem ac fuit, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 24:

    In hanc argumentationes ex eisdem locis sumendae sunt atque in causam negotialem,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 70:

    equi quod alii sunt ad rem militarem idonei, alii ad vecturam... non item sunt spectandi atque habendi,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 15; id. L. L. 10, § 74 Mull.:

    cum ex provincia populi Romani aequam partem tu tibi sumpseris atque populo Romano miseris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    Modo ne in aequo (jure) hostes apud vos sint ac nos socii,

    Liv. 39, 37 (exs. with aeque; v. aeque, d); Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 83 fin.:

    et simili jure tu ulcisceris patrui mortem atque ille persequeretur fratris sui, si, etc.,

    id. Rab. Perd. 5; id. Phil. 1, 4; id. Agr. 1, 4 fin.:

    similem pavorem inde ac fugam fore, ac bello Gallico fuerit,

    Liv. 6, 28; Col. 5, 7, 3:

    contendant, se juxta hieme atque aestate bella gerere posse,

    Liv. 5, 6; cf. Drak. ad Liv. 1, 54, 9:

    faxo eum tali mactatum, atque hic est, infortunio,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 39; Cic. Vatin. 4, 10:

    cum totidem navibus atque erat profectus,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4.—
    B.
    Of difference; with alius and its derivv., with dissimile, contra, contrarius, secus, etc., than:

    illi sunt alio ingenio atque tu,

    other than, different from, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 35 al.; v. the passages under alius, I. B. a:

    aliter tuum amorem atque est accipis,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 23 al.; v. the passages under aliter, 1. a.; cf.

    also aliorsum, II., and aliusmodi: quod est non dissimile atque ire in Solonium,

    Cic. Att. 2, 3:

    simulacrum in excelso collocare et, contra atque ante fuerat, ad orientem convertere,

    id. Cat. 3, 8, 20:

    vides, omnia fere contra ac dicta sint evenisse,

    id. Div. 2, 24 fin.; id. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    qui versantur retro, contrario motu atque caelum,

    id. Rep. 6, 17, 17:

    membra paulo secus a me atque ab illo partita,

    id. de Or. 3, 30, 119:

    cujus ego salutem non secus ac meam tueri debeo,

    id. Planc. 1 fin. al.; v. contra, contrarius, secus, etc.—
    C.
    Sometimes, in cases of equality or difference, atque with ut or ac with si (with aliter affirm. Cic. appears to connect only atque ut, not ac si;

    once, however, non aliter, ac si,

    Cic. Att. 13, 51;

    v. aliter, 1. b.): pariter hoc fit atque ut alia facta sunt,

    Plaut. Am. 4, 1, 11:

    nec fallaciam Astutiorem ullus fecit poeta atque Ut haec est fabre facta a nobis,

    id. Cas. 5, 1, 6 sqq.:

    quod iste aliter atque ut edixerat decrevisset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 46:

    et qui suos casus aliter ferunt atque ut auctores aliis ipsi fuerunt, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 3, 30, 73:

    si mentionem fecerint, quo aliter ager possideretur atque ut ex legibus Juliis,

    id. Att. 2, 18, 2; 16, 13, c; cf. Wopk. Lect. Tull. 1, 15, p. 118; Dig. 43, 13, 11:

    Egnatii absentis rem ut tueare, aeque a te peto ac si mea negotia essent,

    just as if, Cic. Fam. 13, 43:

    tu autem similiter facis ac si me roges, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 3, 8:

    reliquis officiis, juxta ac si meus frater esset, sustentavit,

    id. Post. Red. in Sen. 8, 20:

    quod dandum est amicitiae, large dabitur a me non secus ac si meus esset frater,

    id. Mur. 4 fin.:

    haec sunt, tribuni, consilia vestra, non, hercule, dissimilia, ac si quis, etc.,

    Liv. 5, 5 fin. al. —
    D.
    More rare with nimis, in partem, pro eo, etc.;

    in Plaut. also with mutare or demutare = aliud esse: nimis bellus, atque ut esse maxume optabam, locus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 73:

    haud centensumam Partem dixi atque, otium rei si sit, possim expromere,

    id. Mil. 3, 1, 168: sane quam pro eo ac debui graviter molesteque tuli, just as was my duty, Sulp. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5:

    debeo sperare, omnes deos, qui huic urbi praesident, pro eo mihi, ac mereor, relaturos gratiam esse,

    Cic. Cat. 4, 2:

    pro eo, ac si concessum sit, concludere oportebit argumentationem,

    id. Inv. 1, 32, 54:

    non possum ego non aut proxime atque ille aut etiam aeque laborare,

    nearly the same as he, id. Fam. 9, 13, 2:

    neque se luna quoquam mutat atque uti exorta est semel,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 118:

    num quid videtur demutare atque ut quidem Dixi?

    id. Mil. 4, 3, 37.—
    E.
    Sometimes the word indicating comparison (aeque, tantopere, etc.) is to be supplied from the connection (in the class. per. perh. used only once by Cassius in epist. style):

    nebula haud est mollis atque hujus est,

    Plaut. Cas. 4, 4, 21:

    quem esse amicum ratus sum atque ipsus sum mihi,

    id. Bacch. 3, 6, 20:

    quae suco caret atque putris pumex,

    Priap. 32, 7 (Mull., est putusque): digne ac mereor commendatus esse, Cass. ap. Cic. Fam. 12, 13; Dig. 2, 14, 4; 19, 2, 54.—
    F.
    Poet. or in post-Aug. prose with comparatives (for quam), than:

    amicior mihi nullus vivit atque is est,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 2, 56:

    non Apollinis magis verum atque hoc responsum est,

    Ter. And. 4, 2, 15 Ruhnk.:

    Illi non minus ac tibi Pectore uritur intimo Flamma,

    Cat. 61, 172:

    haud minus ac jussi faciunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 561:

    Non tuus hoc capiet venter plus ac meus,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 46 Bentl. and Heind. (cf. infra:

    nihilo plus accipias quam Qui nil portarit): qui peccas minus atque ego,

    id. ib. 2, 7, 96:

    Artius atque hedera procera adstringitur ilex,

    id. Epod. 15, 5; Suet. Caes. 14 Ruhnk. —
    G.
    In the comparison of two periods of time, most freq. with simul (v. examples under simul); ante- or post-class. with principio, statim:

    principio Atque animus ephebis aetate exiit,

    as soon as, Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 40:

    judici enim, statim atque factus est, omnium rerum officium incumbit,

    Dig. 21, 1, 25:

    quamvis, statim atque intercessit, mulier competierat,

    ib. 16, 1, 24.—
    III.
    To connect a negative clause which explains or corrects what precedes; hence sometimes with potius (class.; in Cic. very freq., but rare in the poets), and not, and not rather.
    a.
    Absol.:

    Decipiam ac non veniam,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 4, 6:

    si fidem habeat,... ac non id metuat, ne etc.,

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 60:

    perparvam vero controversiam dicis, ac non eam, quae dirimat omnia,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 20, 54:

    quasi nunc id agatur, quis ex tanta multitudine occiderit, ac non hoc quaeratur, eum, etc.,

    id. Rosc. Am. 33:

    si (mundum) tuum ac non deorum immortalium domicilium putes, nonne plane desipere videare?

    id. N. D. 2, 6, 17:

    nemo erat, qui illum reum ac non miliens condemnatum arbitraretur,

    id. Att. 1, 16:

    si hoc dissuadere est, ac non disturbare ac pervertere,

    id. Agr. 2, 37, 101:

    si res verba desideraret ac non pro se ipsa loqueretur,

    id. Fam. 3, 2 fin.: hoc te exspectare tempus tibi turpe est ac non ei rei sapientia tua te occurrere, Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 6:

    velut destituti ac non qui ipsi destituissent,

    Liv. 8, 27; 7, 3 fin.:

    si mihi mea sententia proferenda ac non disertissimorum,

    Tac. Or. 1.—
    b.
    With potius:

    Quam ob rem scriba deducet, ac non potius mulio, qui advexit?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 79 (B. and K., et):

    quis (eum) ita aspexit, ut perditum civem, ac non potius ut importunissimum hostem?

    id. Cat. 2, 6, 12.— Pliny the elder commonly employs in this sense atque non, not ac non:

    concremasse ea (scrinia) optuma fide atque non legisse,

    Plin. 7, 25, 26, § 94; 22, 24, 50, § 108; 29, 2, 9, § 29; 27, 9, 55, § 78; 31, 7, 39, § 73 et saep. —
    IV.
    In connecting clauses and beginning periods.
    1.
    In gen., and, and so, and even, and too: Pamph. Antiquam adeo tuam venustatem obtines. Bacch. Ac tu ecastor morem antiquom atque ingenium obtines, And you too, Ter. Hec. 5, 4, 20:

    atque illi (philosopho) ordiri placet etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 47, 183: Africanus indigens mei? Minime hercle. Ac ne ego quidem illius, And I indeed not, etc., id. Lael. 9, 30; id. Fin. 5, 11, 33:

    cum versus facias, te ipsum percontor, etc.... Atque ego cum Graecos facerem, natus mare citra, Versiculos, etc.,

    Hor. S. 1, 10, 31:

    multa quippe et diversa angebant: validior per Germaniam exercitus, etc.... quos igitur anteferret? ac (i. e. similiter angebat), ne postpositi contumelia incenderentur,

    Tac. A. 1, 47:

    Minime, minime, inquit Secundus, atque adeo vellem maturius intervenisses,

    Tac. Or. 14:

    ac similiter in translatione, etc.,

    Quint. 3, 6, 77.—
    2.
    In adducing new arguments of similar force in favor of any assertion or making further statements about a subject, etc.; cf. Beier ad Cic. Off. 3, 11, 487.
    a.
    Absol.:

    maxima est enim vis vetustatis et consuetudinis: atque in ipso equo, cujus modo mentionem feci, si, etc.,

    and furthermore, and moreover, Cic. Lael. 19, 68: Atque, si natura confirmatura jus non erit, virtutes omnes tollentur, id. Leg. 1, 15, 42 B. and K. —
    b.
    Often with etiam:

    Atque alias etiam dicendi virtutes sequitur,

    Cic. Or. 40, 139:

    Atque hoc etiam animadvertendum non esse omnia etc.,

    id. de Or. 2, 61, 251; so id. Off. 1, 26, 90; id. N. D. 2, 11, 30; Col. 2, 2, 3.—
    c.
    Sometimes with quoque:

    Atque occidi quoque Potius quam cibum praehiberem,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 133; so Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32; Col. 2, 13, 3, and Cels. 2, 3; 3, 22.—
    d.
    And even with quoque etiam: Atque ego [p. 191] quoque etiam, qui Jovis sum filius, Contagione etc., Plaut. Am. prol. 30.—
    3.
    In narration:

    aegre submoventes obvios intrare portam, qui adducebant Philopoemenem, potuerunt: atque conferta turba iter reliquum clauserat,

    Liv. 39, 49; 5, 21 fin.:

    completur caede, quantum inter castra murosque vacui fuit: ac rursus nova laborum facies,

    Tac. H. 3, 30; cf. Caes. B. C. 2, 28 fin. and 2, 29 init. —
    4.
    In introducing comparisons, atque ut, atque velut (mostly poet., esp. in epic poetry):

    Atque ut perspicio, profecto etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 4, 53:

    ac veluti magno in populo cum saepe coorta est Seditio.... Sic cunctus pelagi cecidit fragor, etc.,

    Verg. A. 1, 148; so id. G. 4, 170; id. A. 2, 626; 4, 402; 4, 441; 6, 707; 9, 59; 10, 405; 10, 707; 10, 803; 11, 809; 12, 365; 12, 521; 12, 684; 12, 715;

    12, 908: Inclinare meridiem Sentis ac, veluti stet volucris dies, Parcis deripere etc.,

    Hor. C. 3, 28, 6; Val. Fl. 6, 664;

    and so, Ac velut in nigro jactatis turbine nautis, etc.... Tale fuit nobis Manius auxilium,

    Cat. 68, 63 (for which Sillig and Muller read:

    Hic velut, etc.): Atque ut magnas utilitates adipiscimur, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 2, 5, 16:

    Atque ut hujus mores veros amicos parere non potuerunt, sic etc.,

    id. Lael. 15, 54.—
    5.
    In connecting two acts or events.
    a.
    In the order of time, and then; hence the ancient grammarians assume in it the notion of quick succession, and explain it, though improperly, as syn. with statim, ilico, without any accompanying copulative, v. Gell. 10, 29; Non. p. 530, 1 sq. (only in the poets and histt.): Atque atque accedit muros Romana juventus (the repetition of the atque represents the approach step by step), Enn. ap. Gell. and Non. l. l. (Ann. v. 527 Mull.): Quo imus una;

    ad prandium? Atque illi tacent,

    And then they are silent, Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 19:

    Ubi cenamus? inquam, atque illi abnuunt,

    and upon this they shake their head, id. ib. 3, 1, 21; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33:

    dum circumspecto atque ego lembum conspicor,

    id. Bacch. 2, 3, 45; so id. Merc. 2, 1, 32; 2, 1, 35; id. Most. 5, 1, 9:

    lucernam forte oblitus fueram exstinguere: Atque ille exclamat derepente maximum,

    and then he suddenly exclaims, id. ib. 2, 2, 57: cui fidus Achates It comes... atque illi Misenum in litore sicco Ut venere, vident, etc., and as they thus came, etc., Verg. A. 6, 162:

    dixerat, atque illi sese deus obtulit ultro,

    Stat. Th. 9, 481; 12, 360; Liv. 26, 39, 16; Tac. H. 3, 17:

    tum Otho ingredi castra ausus: atque illum tribuni centurionesque circumsistunt,

    id. ib. 1, 82. —Sometimes with two imperatives, in order to indicate vividly the necessity of a quicker succession, or the close connection between two actions:

    cape hoc argentum atque defer,

    Ter. Heaut. 4, 7, 3:

    abi domum ac deos comprecare,

    id. Ad. 4, 5, 65:

    tace modo ac sequere hac,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 16:

    Accipe carmina atque hanc sine tempora circum hederam tibi serpere,

    Verg. E. 8, 12; id. G. 1, 40; 3, 65; 4, 330:

    Da auxilium, pater, atque haec omina firma,

    id. A. 2, 691; 3, 89; 3, 250; 3, 639; 4, 424; 9, 90; 10, 624; 11, 370.—
    b.
    In the order of thought, and so, and thus, and therefore.
    (α).
    Absol.:

    si nunc de tuo jure concessisses paululum, Atque adulescenti morigerasses,

    and so, Ter. Ad. 2, 2, 10.—
    (β).
    With ita or sic:

    Ventum deinde ad multo angustiorem rupem, atque ita rectis saxis, etc.,

    Liv. 21, 36; Plin. 10, 58, 79, § 158:

    ac sic prope innumerabiles species reperiuntur,

    Quint. 12, 10, 67.—
    c.
    Connecting conclusion and condition, so, then (cf. at, II. F.):

    non aliter quam qui adverso vix flumine lembum Remigiis subigit, si bracchia forte remisit, Atque illum praeceps prono rapit alveus amni,

    Verg. G. 1, 203 (here explained by statim by Gell. 10, 29, and by Servius, but thus its connective force is wholly lost; cf. also Forbig ad h. l. for still another explanation).—
    6.
    (As supra, I. c.) To annex a thought of more importance:

    Satisne videtur declarasse Dionysius nihil esse ei beatum, cui semper aliqui terror impendeat? atque ei ne integrum quidem erat, ut ad justitiam remigraret,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 21, 62; id. Tull. 4:

    hoc enim spectant leges, hoc volunt, incolumem esse civium conjunctionem, quam qui dirimunt, eos morte... coercent. Atque hoc multo magis efficit ipsa naturae ratio,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23; id. Fam. 6, 1, 4: hac spe lapsus Induciomarus... exsules damnatosque tota Gallia magnis praemiis ad se allicere coepit;

    ac tantam sibi jam iis rebus in Gallia auctoritatem comparaverat, ut, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 55 fin.; Nep. Hann. 13, 2; Quint. 1, 10, 16.—Hence also in answers, in order to confirm a question or assertion:

    Sed videone ego Pamphilippum cum fratre Epignomo? Atque is est,

    And he it is, Yes, it is he, Plaut. Stich. 4, 2, 4; so id. Truc. 1, 2, 24: Th. Mihin malum minitare? Ca. Atque edepol non minitabor, sed dabo, id. Curc. 4, 4, 15: Ch. Egon formidulosus? nemost hominum, qui vivat, minus. Th. Atque ita opust, Ter. Eun. 4, 6, 20.—
    7.
    In expressing a wish, atque utinam:

    Veritus sum arbitros, atque utinam memet possim obliscier! Att., Trag. Rel. p. 160 Rib.: videmus enim fuisse quosdam, qui idem ornate ac graviter, idem versute et subtiliter dicerent. Atque utinam in Latinis talis oratoris simulacrum reperire possemus!

    Cic. Or. 7, 22; so id. Rep. 3, 5, 8:

    Atque utinam pro decore etc.,

    Liv. 21, 41, 13:

    Atque utinam ex vobis unus etc.,

    Verg. E. 10, 35; id. A. 1, 575:

    Atque utinam... Ille vir in medio fiat amore lapis!

    Prop. 2, 9, 47; 3, 6, 15; 3, 7, 25; 3, 8, 19 al.—
    8.
    To connect an adversative clause, and often fully with tamen, and yet, notwithstanding, nevertheless.
    a.
    Absol.: Mihi quidem hercle non fit veri simile;

    atque ipsis commentum placet,

    Ter. And. 1, 3, 20 Ruhnk. (atque pro tamen, Don.):

    ego quia non rediit filius, quae cogito!... Atque ex me hic natus non est, sed ex fratre,

    id. Ad. 1, 1, 15 (Quasi dicat, ex me non est, et sic afficior: quid paterer si genuissem? Don.; cf. Acron. ap. Charis. p. 204 P.); Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48 Beier; id. Mur. 34, 71 Matth.:

    ceterum ex aliis negotiis, quae ingenio exercentur, in primis magno usui est memoria rerum gestarum... Atque ego credo fore qui, etc.,

    and yet I believe, Sall. J. 4, 1 and 3 Corte; id. C. 51, 35:

    observare principis egressum in publicum, insidere vias examina infantium futurusque populus solebat. Labor parentibus erat ostentare parvulos... Ac plerique insitis precibus surdas principis aures obstrepebant,

    Plin. Pan. 26.—
    b.
    With tamen:

    nihil praeterea est magnopere dicendum. Ac tamen, ne cui loco non videatur esse responsum, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 27, 85:

    discipulos dissimilis inter se ac tamen laudandos,

    id. de Or. 3, 10, 35; id. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    Atque in his tamen tribus generibus etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 33, 118; id. Pis. 1, 3; 13, 30; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16; 7, 15 fin. (cf. in reference to the last four passages Wund. Varr. Lectt. p. lviii. sq.):

    ac tamen initia fastigii etc.,

    Tac. A. 3, 29; 3, 56; 12, 56;

    14, 21: pauciores cum pluribus certasse, ac tamen fusos Germanos,

    id. H. 5, 16.—
    9.
    To connect a minor affirmative proposition (the assumptio or propositio minor of logical lang.) in syllogisms, now, but, but now (while atqui is used to connect either an affirmative or negative minor premiss: v. atqui): Scaptius quaternas postulabat. Metui, si impetrasset, ne tu ipse me amare desineres;

    ... Atque hoc tempore ipso impingit mihi epistulam etc.,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 6.—Sometimes the conclusion is to be supplied:

    nisi qui naturas hominum, penitus perspexerit, dicendo, quod volet, perficere non poterit. Atque totus hic locus philosophorum putatur proprius (conclusion: ergo oratorem philosophiam cognoscere oportet),

    Cic. de Or. 1, 12, 53 and 54.—
    10.
    In introducing a purpose (freq. in Cic.).
    a.
    A negative purpose, and esp. in anticipating an objection:

    Ac ne sine causa videretur edixisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 9, 24:

    Ac ne forte hoc magnum ac mirabile esse videatur,

    id. de Or. 2, 46, 191; so id. Fam. 5, 12, 30:

    Ac ne saepius dicendum sit,

    Cels. 8, 1:

    Ac ne forte roges, quo me duce, quo lare tuter,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 13:

    Ac ne forte putes,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 208:

    Ac ne forte putes etc.,

    Ov. R. Am. 465 (Merkel, Et).—
    b.
    A positive purpose:

    Atque ut ejus diversa studia in dissimili ratione perspicere possitis, nemo etc.,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 5, 9:

    Atque ut omnes intellegant me etc.... dico etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 8, 20; 2, 4; id. Clu. 14, 43; id. Sull. 2, 5; id. de Or. 3, 11, 40:

    Atque ut C. Flaminium relinquam etc.,

    id. Leg. 3, 9, 20; id. Fin. 3, 2, 4.—
    11.
    a.. In continuing a thought in assertions or narration, and, now, and now, Plaut. Aul. prol. 18: audistis, cum pro se diceret, genus orationis, etc.,... perspexistis. Atque in eo non solum ingenium ejus videbatis, etc., Cic. Cael. 19, 45; so id. de Or. 3, 32, 130; 2, 7, 27; 3, 10, 39 al.; Caes. B. G. 2, 29; Nep. Ages. 7, 3; 8, 1, Eum. 10, 3 Bremi; Tac. A. 14, 64; 15, 3; Verg. A. 9, 1; Sil. 4, 1 al.: ac si, sublato illo, depelli a vobis omne periculum judicarem, now if I, etc., Cic. Cat. 2, 2, 3:

    atque si etiam hoc natura praescribit, etc.,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 27; so Quint. 10, 1, 26; 10, 2, 8.—
    b.
    In introducing parentheses:

    vulgo credere, Penino (atque inde nomen et jugo Alpium inditum) transgressum,

    Liv. 21, 38:

    omne adfectus genus (atque ea maxime jucundam et ornatam faciunt orationem) de luxuria, etc.,

    Quint. 4, 3, 15 MSS., where Halm after Spalding reads et quae. —
    c.
    At the conclusion of a discourse (not infreq. in Cic.): Atque in primis duabus dicendi partibus qualis esset, summatim breviterque descripsimus, And thus have we, then, briefly described, etc., Cic. Or. 15, 50:

    Ac de primo quidem officii fonte diximus,

    id. Off. 1, 6, 19:

    Ac de inferenda quidem injuria satis dictum est,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 27; id. Inv. 2, 39, 115 al.—
    V.
    In particular connections and phrases.
    A.
    Unus atque alter, one and the other; alius atque alius, one and another; now this, now that:

    unae atque alterae scalae,

    Sall. J. 60, 7:

    quarum (coclearum) cum unam atque alteram, dein plures peteret,

    id. ib. 93, 2:

    unum atque alterum lacum integer perfluit,

    Tac. H. 5, 6:

    dilatisque alia atque alia de causa comitiis,

    Liv. 8, 23, 17; Col. 9, 8, 10:

    alius atque alius,

    Tac. H. 1, 46; 1, 50 (v. alius, II. D.).—Also separated by several words:

    aliud ejus subinde atque aliud facientes initium,

    Sen. Ep. 32, 2.—
    B.
    Etiam atque etiam. again and again:

    temo Stellas cogens etiam atque etiam Noctis sublime iter, Enn., Trag. Rel. p. 39 Rib.: etiam atque etiam cogita,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 1, 11:

    etiam atque etiam considera,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 14, 46:

    monitos eos etiam atque etiam volo,

    id. Cat. 2, 12, 27.—So, semel atque iterum, Cic. Font. 26; id. Clu. 49; Tac. Or. 17; and:

    iterum atque iterum,

    Verg. A. 8, 527; Hor. S. 1, 10, 39.—
    C.
    Huc atque illuc, hither and thither, Cic. Q. Rosc. 37; id. de Or. 1, 40, 184; Verg. A. 9, 57; Ov. M. 2, 357; 10, 376; Tac. Agr. 10; id. H. 1, 85.—
    D.
    Longe atque late, far and wide, Cic. Marcell. 29:

    atque eccum or atque eccum video, in colloquial lang.: Heus vocate huc Davom. Atque eccum,

    but here he is, Ter. And. 3, 3, 48:

    Audire vocem visa sum modo militis. Atque eccum,

    and here he is, id. Eun. 3, 2, 2; so id. Hec. 4, 1, 8.—
    E.
    Atque omnia, in making an assertion general, and so generally:

    Atque in eis omnibus, quae sunt actionis, inest quaedam vis a natura data,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 223:

    quorum (verborum) descriptus ordo alias alia terminatione concluditur, atque omnia illa et prima et media verba spectare debent ad ultimum,

    id. Or. 59, 200; id. de Or. 2, 64, 257: commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere, and so rather, etc., id. Off. 2, 23, 83:

    nihil acerbum esse, nihil crudele, atque omnia plena clementiae, humanitatis,

    id. ad Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    Atque omnis vitae ratio sic constat, ut, quae probamus in aliis, facere ipsi velimus,

    Quint. 10, 2, 2.—
    F.
    With other conjunctions.
    1.
    After et:

    equidem putabam virtutem hominibus instituendo et persuadendo, non minis et vi ac metu tradi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 58, 247:

    Magnifica vero vox et magno viro ac sapiente digna,

    id. Off. 3, 1, 1; id. Cael. 13:

    vanus aspectus et auri fulgor atque argenti,

    Tac. Agr. 32.:

    denuntiarent, ut ab Saguntinis abstineret et Carthaginem in Africam traicerent ac sociorum querimonias deferrent,

    Liv. 21, 6, 4:

    ubi et fratrem consilii ac periculi socium haberem,

    id. 21, 41, 2:

    et uti liter demum ac Latine perspicueque,

    Quint. 8, 3, 3:

    Nam et subtili plenius aliquid atque subtilius et vehementi remissius atque vehementius invenitur,

    id. 12, 10, 67. —
    2.
    After que, as in Gr. te kai: litterisque ac laudibus aeternare, Varr. ap. Non. p. 75, 20:

    submoverique atque in castra redigi,

    Liv. 26, 10:

    terrorem caedemque ac fugam fecere,

    id. 21, 52:

    mus Sub terris posuitque domos atque horrea fecit,

    Verg. G. 1, 182; 3, 434; id. A. 8, 486.—
    3.
    Before et:

    caelum ipsum ac mare et silvas circum spectantes,

    Tac. Agr. 32.—
    4.
    After neque (only in the poets and post - Aug. prose):

    nec clavis nec canis atque calix,

    Mart. 1, 32, 4: naturam Oceani atque aestus [p. 192] neque quaerere hujus operis est, ac multi retulere, Tac. Agr. 10:

    mediocritatem pristinam neque dissimulavit umquam ac frequenter etiam prae se tulit,

    Suet. Vesp. 12.—
    G.
    Atque repeated, esp. in arch. Lat.: Scio solere plerisque hominibus in rebus secundis atque prolixis atque prosperis animum excellere atque superbiam atque ferociam augescere atque crescere, Cato ap. Gell. 7, 3: Dicere possum quibus villae atque aedes aedificatae atque expolitae maximo opere citro atque ebore atque pavimentis Poenicis stent, Cato ap. Fest. p. 242 Mull.:

    atque ut C. Flamininum atque ea, quae jam prisca videntur, propter vetustatem relinquam,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20:

    omnem dignitatem tuam in virtute atque in rebus gestis atque in tua gravitate positam existimare,

    id. Fam. 1, 5, 8.—Esp. freq. in enumerations in the poets:

    Haec atque illa dies atque alia atque alia,

    Cat. 68, 152:

    Mavortia tellus Atque Getae atque Hebrus,

    Verg. G. 4, 463:

    Clioque et Beroe atque Ephyre Atque Opis et Asia,

    id. ib. 4, 343.—And sometimes forming a double connective, both— and = et—et:

    Multus ut in terras deplueretque lapis: Atque tubas atque arma ferunt crepitantia caelo Audita,

    Tib. 2, 5, 73:

    complexa sui corpus miserabile nati Atque deos atque astra vocat crudelia mater,

    Verg. E. 5, 23; Sil. 1, 93; v. Forbig ad Verg. l. l.
    ► Atque regularly stands at the beginning of its sentence or clause or before the word it connects, but in poetry it sometimes, like et and at, stands:
    a.
    In the second place:

    Jamque novum terrae stupeant lucescere solem, Altius atque cadant imbres,

    Verg. E. 6, 38 Rib., ubi v. Forbig.:

    Accipite ergo animis atque haec mea figite dicta,

    id. A. 3, 250, and 10, 104 (animis may, however, here be taken with Accipite, as in id. ib. 5, 304):

    Esto beata, funus atque imagines Ducant triumphales tuum,

    Hor. Epod. 8, 11; id. S. 1, 5, 4; 1, 6, 111; 1, 7, 12 (ubi v. Fritzsche).—
    b.
    In the third place:

    quod pubes hedera virente Gaudeant pulla magis atque myrto,

    Hor. C. 1, 25, 18; cf. at fin. (Vid. more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 452-513.)

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > atque

  • 108 Knowledge

       It is indeed an opinion strangely prevailing amongst men, that houses, mountains, rivers, and, in a word, all sensible objects, have an existence, natural or real, distinct from their being perceived by the understanding. But, with how great an assurance and acquiescence soever this principle may be entertained in the world, yet whoever shall find in his heart to call it into question may, if I mistake not, perceive it to involve a manifest contradiction. For, what are the forementioned objects but things we perceive by sense? and what do we perceive besides our own ideas or sensations? and is it not plainly repugnant that any one of these, or any combination of them, should exist unperceived? (Berkeley, 1996, Pt. I, No. 4, p. 25)
       It seems to me that the only objects of the abstract sciences or of demonstration are quantity and number, and that all attempts to extend this more perfect species of knowledge beyond these bounds are mere sophistry and illusion. As the component parts of quantity and number are entirely similar, their relations become intricate and involved; and nothing can be more curious, as well as useful, than to trace, by a variety of mediums, their equality or inequality, through their different appearances.
       But as all other ideas are clearly distinct and different from each other, we can never advance farther, by our utmost scrutiny, than to observe this diversity, and, by an obvious reflection, pronounce one thing not to be another. Or if there be any difficulty in these decisions, it proceeds entirely from the undeterminate meaning of words, which is corrected by juster definitions. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the other two sides cannot be known, let the terms be ever so exactly defined, without a train of reasoning and enquiry. But to convince us of this proposition, that where there is no property, there can be no injustice, it is only necessary to define the terms, and explain injustice to be a violation of property. This proposition is, indeed, nothing but a more imperfect definition. It is the same case with all those pretended syllogistical reasonings, which may be found in every other branch of learning, except the sciences of quantity and number; and these may safely, I think, be pronounced the only proper objects of knowledge and demonstration. (Hume, 1975, Sec. 12, Pt. 3, pp. 163-165)
       Our knowledge springs from two fundamental sources of the mind; the first is the capacity of receiving representations (the ability to receive impressions), the second is the power to know an object through these representations (spontaneity in the production of concepts).
       Through the first, an object is given to us; through the second, the object is thought in relation to that representation.... Intuition and concepts constitute, therefore, the elements of all our knowledge, so that neither concepts without intuition in some way corresponding to them, nor intuition without concepts, can yield knowledge. Both may be either pure or empirical.... Pure intuitions or pure concepts are possible only a priori; empirical intuitions and empirical concepts only a posteriori. If the receptivity of our mind, its power of receiving representations in so far as it is in any way affected, is to be called "sensibility," then the mind's power of producing representations from itself, the spontaneity of knowledge, should be called "understanding." Our nature is so constituted that our intuitions can never be other than sensible; that is, it contains only the mode in which we are affected by objects. The faculty, on the other hand, which enables us to think the object of sensible intuition is the understanding.... Without sensibility, no object would be given to us; without understanding, no object would be thought. Thoughts without content are empty; intuitions without concepts are blind. It is therefore just as necessary to make our concepts sensible, that is, to add the object to them in intuition, as to make our intuitions intelligible, that is to bring them under concepts. These two powers or capacities cannot exchange their functions. The understanding can intuit nothing, the senses can think nothing. Only through their union can knowledge arise. (Kant, 1933, Sec. 1, Pt. 2, B74-75 [p. 92])
       Metaphysics, as a natural disposition of Reason is real, but it is also, in itself, dialectical and deceptive.... Hence to attempt to draw our principles from it, and in their employment to follow this natural but none the less fallacious illusion can never produce science, but only an empty dialectical art, in which one school may indeed outdo the other, but none can ever attain a justifiable and lasting success. In order that, as a science, it may lay claim not merely to deceptive persuasion, but to insight and conviction, a Critique of Reason must exhibit in a complete system the whole stock of conceptions a priori, arranged according to their different sources-the Sensibility, the understanding, and the Reason; it must present a complete table of these conceptions, together with their analysis and all that can be deduced from them, but more especially the possibility of synthetic knowledge a priori by means of their deduction, the principles of its use, and finally, its boundaries....
       This much is certain: he who has once tried criticism will be sickened for ever of all the dogmatic trash he was compelled to content himself with before, because his Reason, requiring something, could find nothing better for its occupation. Criticism stands to the ordinary school metaphysics exactly in the same relation as chemistry to alchemy, or as astron omy to fortune-telling astrology. I guarantee that no one who has comprehended and thought out the conclusions of criticism, even in these Prolegomena, will ever return to the old sophistical pseudo-science. He will rather look forward with a kind of pleasure to a metaphysics, certainly now within his power, which requires no more preparatory discoveries, and which alone can procure for reason permanent satisfaction. (Kant, 1891, pp. 115-116)
       Knowledge is only real and can only be set forth fully in the form of science, in the form of system. Further, a so-called fundamental proposition or first principle of philosophy, even if it is true, it is yet none the less false, just because and in so far as it is merely a fundamental proposition, merely a first principle. It is for that reason easily refuted. The refutation consists in bringing out its defective character; and it is defective because it is merely the universal, merely a principle, the beginning. If the refutation is complete and thorough, it is derived and developed from the nature of the principle itself, and not accomplished by bringing in from elsewhere other counter-assurances and chance fancies. It would be strictly the development of the principle, and thus the completion of its deficiency, were it not that it misunderstands its own purport by taking account solely of the negative aspect of what it seeks to do, and is not conscious of the positive character of its process and result. The really positive working out of the beginning is at the same time just as much the very reverse: it is a negative attitude towards the principle we start from. Negative, that is to say, in its one-sided form, which consists in being primarily immediate, a mere purpose. It may therefore be regarded as a refutation of what constitutes the basis of the system; but more correctly it should be looked at as a demonstration that the basis or principle of the system is in point of fact merely its beginning. (Hegel, 1910, pp. 21-22)
       Knowledge, action, and evaluation are essentially connected. The primary and pervasive significance of knowledge lies in its guidance of action: knowing is for the sake of doing. And action, obviously, is rooted in evaluation. For a being which did not assign comparative values, deliberate action would be pointless; and for one which did not know, it would be impossible. Conversely, only an active being could have knowledge, and only such a being could assign values to anything beyond his own feelings. A creature which did not enter into the process of reality to alter in some part the future content of it, could apprehend a world only in the sense of intuitive or esthetic contemplation; and such contemplation would not possess the significance of knowledge but only that of enjoying and suffering. (Lewis, 1946, p. 1)
       "Evolutionary epistemology" is a branch of scholarship that applies the evolutionary perspective to an understanding of how knowledge develops. Knowledge always involves getting information. The most primitive way of acquiring it is through the sense of touch: amoebas and other simple organisms know what happens around them only if they can feel it with their "skins." The knowledge such an organism can have is strictly about what is in its immediate vicinity. After a huge jump in evolution, organisms learned to find out what was going on at a distance from them, without having to actually feel the environment. This jump involved the development of sense organs for processing information that was farther away. For a long time, the most important sources of knowledge were the nose, the eyes, and the ears. The next big advance occurred when organisms developed memory. Now information no longer needed to be present at all, and the animal could recall events and outcomes that happened in the past. Each one of these steps in the evolution of knowledge added important survival advantages to the species that was equipped to use it.
       Then, with the appearance in evolution of humans, an entirely new way of acquiring information developed. Up to this point, the processing of information was entirely intrasomatic.... But when speech appeared (and even more powerfully with the invention of writing), information processing became extrasomatic. After that point knowledge did not have to be stored in the genes, or in the memory traces of the brain; it could be passed on from one person to another through words, or it could be written down and stored on a permanent substance like stone, paper, or silicon chips-in any case, outside the fragile and impermanent nervous system. (Csikszentmihalyi, 1993, pp. 56-57)

    Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Knowledge

  • 109 rede

    f; -, -n
    1. speech; (Ansprache) auch address; feierliche: oration; die Freiheit der Rede the freedom of speech; die Kunst der Rede the art of rhetoric; eine Rede halten make a speech; keine langen Reden halten come straight to the point, not beat about (Am. around) the bush; sich der Rede seines Vorgängers anschließen link up with what the previous speaker was saying; jemandem in die Rede fallen interrupt s.o. (in mid-speech); ( große) Reden schwingen umg. talk big; jemanden mit leeren / schönen Reden hinhalten put s.o. off with empty / fine words; der langen Rede kurzer Sinn to cut a long story short, in short, the long and the short of it
    2. (Redeweise) language, speech; sich einer sehr bildhaften Rede bedienen make use of many metaphors
    3. LING. (Sprechakt) speech utterance; die Unterscheidung von Sprache und Rede the distinction between language and speech
    4. GRAM. speech; direkte / indirekte Rede GRAM. direct / indirect ( oder reported) speech; erlebte Rede auch LIT. inner ( oder interior) monologue
    5. (Gespräch) talk; die Rede bringen auf (+ Akk) bring s.th. up; die Rede kam auf (+Akk) the conversation turned to; gerade war von dir die Rede we were just talking about you; es ist die Rede von 100 Entlassungen there is talk of 100 redundancies (Am. layoffs); es war einmal die Rede davon, dass sie schließen it was said at one time that they were closing down, there was talk at one time of their closing down; es geht die Rede, dass... rumo(u)r has it that...; davon kann keine Rede sein (das kommt nicht in Frage) that’s out of the question; (darum geht es nicht) that’s not the point; davon ist nicht die Rede that’s not what I’m talking about; davon war ( gar) nicht die Rede that’s not what it was all about; (das kam nicht in Frage) there was no question of that; wovon ist die Rede? what are you ( oder they) talking about? wovon ist eigentlich die Rede? what is this all about anyway?; ( das ist ja) meine Rede umg. that’s what I’ve been saying all along; ihm verschlug es die Rede it left him speechless; es ist nicht der Rede wert it’s hardly worth mentioning, it’s nothing to speak of; beim Danken: don’t mention it; ( jemandem) Rede und Antwort stehen justify o.s. (to s.o.); jemanden zur Rede stellen confront s.o.; (vornehmen) take s.o. to task ( wegen for)
    * * *
    die Rede
    oration; speech; address
    * * *
    Re|de ['reːdə]
    f -, -n
    1) speech; (= Ansprache) address

    die Kunst der Réde (form) — the art of rhetoric

    eine Réde halten or schwingen (inf) — to make or give a speech

    die Réde des Bundeskanzlers — the Chancellor's speech, the speech given by the Chancellor

    in freier Réde — without (consulting) notes

    der langen Réde kurzer Sinn (prov) — the long and the short of it

    2) (= Äußerungen, Worte) words pl, language no pl

    seine frechen Réden — his cheek (Brit) or impudence

    große Réden führen or schwingen (inf) — to talk big (inf)

    das ist meine Réde! — that's what I've always said

    jds stehende Réde sein — to be sb's stock saying

    das ist nicht der Réde wert — it's not worth mentioning

    (es ist) nicht der Réde wert! — don't mention it, it was nothing

    3) (= das Reden, Gespräch) conversation, talk

    jdm in die Réde fallen — to interrupt sb

    die Réde fiel or kam auf (+acc) — the conversation or talk turned to

    die in Réde stehende Person (form) — the person in question or under discussion

    es war von einer Gehaltserhöhung die Réde — there was talk or mention of a salary increase

    von Ihnen war eben die Réde — we were just talking about you

    aber davon war doch nie die Réde — but no-one was ever talking about that

    wovon ist die Réde? — what are you/we etc talking about?

    von einer Gehaltserhöhung kann keine or kann nicht die Réde sein — there can be no question of a salary increase

    von Großzügigkeit kann keine or kann nicht die Réde sein, das war nur... — there's no question of it being generosity, it was just...

    davon kann keine or kann nicht die Réde sein — it's out of the question

    4) (LING, LITER) speech

    direkte or wörtliche/indirekte Réde — direct/indirect speech or discourse (US)

    gebundene Réde — verse

    ungebundene Réde — prose

    5) (= Gerücht, Nachrede) rumour (Brit), rumor (US)

    kümmere dich doch nicht um die Réden der Leute! — don't worry (about) what people say

    es geht die Réde, dass — there's a rumo(u)r that, rumo(u)r has it that

    von ihr geht die Réde, dass sie... — people say or it is said (about her) that she...

    6)

    (= Rechenschaft) (jdm) Réde (und Antwort) stehen — to justify oneself (to sb)

    (jdm) für etw Réde und Antwort stehen — to account( to sb) for sth

    jdn zur Réde stellen — to take sb to task

    * * *
    (a formal talk given to a meeting etc: parliamentary speeches.) speech
    * * *
    Re·de
    <-, -n>
    [ˈre:də]
    f
    1. (Ansprache) speech
    die \Rede des Präsidenten the President's speech, the speech given by the President
    eine \Rede halten [o (fam) schwingen] to make [or give] a speech
    2. (Gespräch) conversation, talk
    er brachte die \Rede auf ein anderes Thema he turned the conversation to another subject
    ▪ es ist von etw/jdm die \Rede there is talk [or mention] of sth/sb
    wovon ist die \Rede? what's it [all] about?, what are you talking about?
    es ist die \Rede davon, dass... it is being said that..., people are saying that...
    von dir war gerade die \Rede we were just talking about you
    aber davon war doch nie die \Rede! but no one was ever talking about that!
    jdm in die \Rede fallen to interrupt sb
    die \Rede kam auf jdn/etw the conversation [or talk] turned to sb/sth
    der in \Rede stehende Fall (form) the case in question
    die in \Rede stehende Person (form) the person in question
    3. (Äußerungen) talk, words pl
    [das war schon immer] meine \Rede! that's what I've always said!
    ihre frechen \Reden her cheek
    das sind nur \Reden those are just words, that's just talk
    dumme \Reden führen to talk nonsense
    \Rede und Gegenrede dialogue
    große \Reden führen [o (fam) schwingen] to talk big fam
    kluge/lockere \Reden clever/loose talk
    4. (Gerücht, Nachrede) rumour
    kümmere dich doch nicht um die \Reden der Leute! don't worry [about] what people say!
    es geht die \Rede, dass... there's a rumour that..., rumour has it that..., it is rumoured that...
    5. (Vortrag) rhetoric
    in freier \Rede without notes
    sie hat es in freier \Rede vorgetragen she spoke about it without notes
    die Kunst der \Rede the art of rhetoric
    6. LING speech
    direkte [o wörtliche] /indirekte \Rede LING direct/indirect speech
    gebundene/ungebundene \Rede verse/prose
    7.
    ▶ [jdm] \Rede und Antwort stehen to justify oneself [to sb]
    der Minister wollte den Journalisten \Rede und Antwort stehen the minister wanted to give the journalists a full explanation
    ▶ [jdm] für etw akk \Rede und Antwort stehen to account [to sb] for sth
    ▶ langer [o der langen] \Rede kurzer Sinn (prov) to cut a long story short
    ▶ von etw dat kann keine \Rede sein sth is out of the question, there can be no question of sth
    von einer weiteren Reise dieses Jahr kann keine \Rede sein another trip this year is out of the question
    ▶ jdn [für etw akk] zur \Rede stellen to take sb to task [for [or about] sth]
    ▶ nicht der \Rede wert sein to be not worth mentioning
    das ist doch nicht der \Rede wert! don't mention it!, it's not worth mentioning!
    * * *
    die; Rede, Reden
    1) speech; (Ansprache) address; speech

    eine Rede halten — give or make a speech

    2) o. Pl. (Vortrag) rhetoric

    der langen Rede kurzer Sinn ist, dass... — the long and the short of it is that...

    es ist die Rede davon, dass... — it is being said or people are saying that...

    jemandem Rede und Antwort stehen — give a full explanation [of one's actions] to somebody

    jemanden zur Rede stellen — make someone explain himself/herself

    4) o. Pl. (Sprachw.)

    direkte od. wörtliche/indirekte Rede — direct/indirect speech

    * * *
    …rede f im subst:
    Begräbnisrede funeral oration;
    Begrüßungsrede welcome speech;
    Dankesrede speech of thanks;
    Eröffnungsrede inaugural ( oder opening) speech ( oder address);
    Jungfernrede maiden speech
    * * *
    die; Rede, Reden
    1) speech; (Ansprache) address; speech

    eine Rede halten — give or make a speech

    2) o. Pl. (Vortrag) rhetoric

    der langen Rede kurzer Sinn ist, dass... — the long and the short of it is that...

    es ist die Rede davon, dass... — it is being said or people are saying that...

    jemandem Rede und Antwort stehen — give a full explanation [of one's actions] to somebody

    jemanden zur Rede stellen — make someone explain himself/herself

    4) o. Pl. (Sprachw.)

    direkte od. wörtliche/indirekte Rede — direct/indirect speech

    * * *
    -n f.
    address n.
    (§ pl.: addresses)
    monologue n.
    oration n.
    speech n.
    (§ pl.: speeches)

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > rede

  • 110 Zusammenhang

    m (Verbindung) connection; innerer: coherence, cohesion; äußerer: context; einer Abfolge: continuity; von Ideen: association; es besteht ein Zusammenhang zwischen den Ereignissen the events are connected; miteinander in Zusammenhang bringen establish a connection ( oder link) between; im Zusammenhang stehen mit be connected with; nicht im Zusammenhang stehen mit have no connection with, have nothing to do with; in diesem Zusammenhang in this connection; Worte aus ihrem Zusammenhang reißen take words out of their context; die Dinge im Zusammenhang sehen see things in context; die größeren Zusammenhänge the general perspective; weitS. the overall scheme (of events oder things), the big picture; der Brief etc. hat keinen Zusammenhang the letter etc. is disjointed ( oder doesn’t hang together properly)
    * * *
    der Zusammenhang
    (Verbindung) connection;
    (Wechselbeziehung) interrelation; correlation;
    (Zusammengehörigkeit) coherence; coherency
    * * *
    Zu|sạm|men|hang
    m
    (= Beziehung) connection ( von, zwischen +dat between); (= Wechselbeziehung) correlation ( von, zwischen +dat between); (= Verflechtung) interrelation ( von, zwischen +dat between); (von Geschichte) coherence; (im Text) context

    jdn/etw mit jdm/etw in Zusammenhang bringen — to connect sb/sth with sb/sth

    in diesem Zusammenhang — in this context, in connection with this

    * * *
    der
    2) (the parts directly before or after a word or phrase (written or spoken) which affect its meaning: This statement, taken out of its context, gives a wrong impression of the speaker's opinions.) context
    * * *
    Zu·sam·men·hang
    <-[e]s, -hänge>
    m connection; (Verbindung) link ( zwischen + dat between)
    gibt es zwischen den Wohnungseinbrüchen irgendeinen \Zusammenhang? are the burglaries in any way connected?
    sein Name wurde im \Zusammenhang mit der Verschwörung genannt his name was mentioned in connection with the conspiracy [or linked]
    ein ursächlicher \Zusammenhang a causal relationship form
    keinen \Zusammenhang sehen to see no [or not see any] connection
    jdn/etw mit etw dat in \Zusammenhang bringen to connect sb/sth with sth, to establish a connection between sth and sth form
    etw aus dem \Zusammenhang reißen to take sth out of [its] [or form divorce sth from its] context
    im [o in] \Zusammenhang mit etw dat in connection with sth
    im [o in] \Zusammenhang mit etw dat stehen to be connected with sth
    in ursächlichem \Zusammenhang [mit etw dat] stehen to be causally related [to sth] form
    nicht im \Zusammenhang mit etw dat stehen to have no connection with sth
    * * *
    der connection; (einer Geschichte, Rede) coherence; (Kontext) context

    in [keinem] Zusammenhang mit etwas stehen — be [in no way] connected with something

    etwas mit etwas in Zusammenhang bringen — connect something with something; make a connection between something and something

    im Zusammenhang mit... — in connection with...

    etwas aus dem Zusammenhang lösen/reißen — take something out of [its] context

    * * *
    Zusammenhang m (Verbindung) connection; innerer: coherence, cohesion; äußerer: context; einer Abfolge: continuity; von Ideen: association;
    miteinander in Zusammenhang bringen establish a connection ( oder link) between;
    im Zusammenhang stehen mit be connected with;
    nicht im Zusammenhang stehen mit have no connection with, have nothing to do with;
    in diesem Zusammenhang in this connection;
    Worte aus ihrem Zusammenhang reißen take words out of their context;
    die Dinge im Zusammenhang sehen see things in context;
    die größeren Zusammenhänge the general perspective; weitS. the overall scheme (of events oder things), the big picture;
    der Brief etc
    hat keinen Zusammenhang the letter etc is disjointed ( oder doesn’t hang together properly)
    * * *
    der connection; (einer Geschichte, Rede) coherence; (Kontext) context

    in [keinem] Zusammenhang mit etwas stehen — be [in no way] connected with something

    etwas mit etwas in Zusammenhang bringen — connect something with something; make a connection between something and something

    im Zusammenhang mit... — in connection with...

    etwas aus dem Zusammenhang lösen/reißen — take something out of [its] context

    * * *
    m.
    coherence n.
    connection n.
    context n.
    contiguity n.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > Zusammenhang

  • 111 the

    ðə, ði
    (The form ðə is used before words beginning with a consonant eg the house or consonant sound eg the union ðə'ju:njən; the form ði is used before words beginning with a vowel eg the apple or vowel sound eg the honour ði 'onə)
    1) (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known: Where is the book I put on the table?; Who was the man you were talking to?; My mug is the tall blue one; Switch the light off!)
    2) (used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc: The horse is running fast.; I spoke to him on the telephone; He plays the piano/violin very well.)
    3) (used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names: the Duke of Edinburgh; the Atlantic (Ocean).)
    4) (used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc: In this job we are paid by the hour.)
    5) (used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other: He is the kindest man I know; We like him (the) best of all.)
    6) ((often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc: He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.)
    •
    - the...
    den
    --------
    det
    --------
    jo
    I
    determ. foran konsonant, ubetont: \/ħə\/, \/ħ\/, vokallyd, betont: \/ħɪ\/, i betydning 10: \/ħiː\/
    1) ( svarer til bestemt form) -en (hankjønn), -a (hunkjønn), -et (intetkjønn), -ene (flertall)
    • can you see the old man?
    3) ( med substantivert adjektiv) den, det, de
    de holdt en gudstjeneste til minne om den\/de døde
    • which river is the deepest?
    8) en, et
    • he bought a car to the amount of £2000
    9) per
    • they cost £10 the piece
    de koster £10 per stykk \/ de koster £10 stykket
    10) ( emfatisk) den berømte, den virkelige, den kjente
    • are you the Mary Lewis?
    er du den kjente\/berømte Mary Lewis?
    han forklarete årsaken, men ikke den virkelige årsaken
    11) ( påpekende) den, det, de, maken til, for noe(n)
    • the wretch!
    • the idiots!
    II
    adv. foraonsonantlyd: \/ħə\/ eller \/ħ\/, foran vokallyd: \/ħɪ\/
    1) jo..., desto, jo..., jo
    jo før du går til sengs, jo bedre vil du føle deg
    2) desto
    all the better desto bedre
    none the wiser ikke (stort) klokere
    the sooner the better jo før, jo bedre

    English-Norwegian dictionary > the

  • 112 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 113 the

    1. definite article
    1) der/die/das

    if you want a quick survey, this is the book — für einen raschen Überblick ist dies das richtige Buch

    it's or there's only the one — es ist nur dieser/diese/dieses eine

    he lives in the district — er wohnt in dieser Gegend

    £5 the square metre/the gallon/the kilogram — 5 Pfund der Quadratmeter/die Gallone/das Kilogramm

    14 miles to the gallon — 14 Meilen auf eine Gallone; ≈ 20 l auf 100 km

    a scale of one mile to the inch — ein Maßstab von 1: 63 360

    have got the toothache/measles — (coll.) Zahnschmerzen/die Masern haben

    4) (Brit. coll.): (my, our, etc.) mein/unser usw
    2. adverb

    the more I practise the better I play — je mehr ich übe, desto od. um so besser spiele ich

    so much the worse for somebody/something — um so schlimmer für jemanden/etwas

    * * *
    [ðə, ði]
    (The form [ðə] is used before words beginning with a consonant eg the house or consonant sound eg the union [ðə'ju:njən]; the form [ði] is used before words beginning with a vowel eg the apple or vowel sound eg the honour [ði 'onə]) der/die/das
    1) (used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known: Where is the book I put on the table?; Who was the man you were talking to?; My mug is the tall blue one; Switch the light off!)
    2) (used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc: The horse is running fast.; I spoke to him on the telephone; He plays the piano/violin very well.) der/die/das
    3) (used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names: the Duke of Edinburgh; the Atlantic (Ocean).) der/die/das
    4) (used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc: In this job we are paid by the hour.) eine/-r/s(oder unübersetzt)
    5) (used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other: He is the kindest man I know; We like him (the) best of all.) der/die/das,am
    6) ((often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc: He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.) um so
    •
    - academic.ru/118911/the_..">the...
    - the...
    * * *
    [ði:, ði, ðə]
    I. art def
    at \the cinema im Kino
    at \the corner an der Ecke
    in \the fridge im Kühlschrank
    on \the shelf im Regal
    on \the table auf dem Tisch
    2. (particular thing/person)
    ▪ \the ... der/die/das...
    Harry's Bar is \the place to go Harrys Bar ist in der Szene total in fam
    3. (with family name)
    \the Smiths are away on vacation die Schmidts sind im Urlaub
    4. (before relative clause) der/die/das
    I really enjoyed \the book I've just finished reading das Buch, das ich gerade gelesen habe, war wirklich interessant
    5. (before name with adjective) der/die
    \the unfortunate Mr Jones was caught up in the crime der bedauernswerte Mr. Jones wurde in das Verbrechen verwickelt
    6. (in title) der/die
    Edward \the Seventh Eduard der Siebte
    Elizabeth \the second Elisabeth die Zweite
    7. (before adjective) der/die/das
    I suppose we'll just have to wait for \the inevitable ich vermute, wir müssen einfach auf das Unvermeidliche warten
    8. (to represent group) der/die/das; (with mass group) die
    \the panda is becoming an increasingly rare animal der Pandabär wird immer seltener
    \the democrats/poor/townspeople die Demokraten/Armen/Städter
    a home for \the elderly ein Altersheim nt
    9. (with superlative) der/die/das
    \the highest mountain in Europe der höchste Berg Europas
    \the happiest der/die Glücklichste
    10. (instead of possessive)
    how's \the leg today, Mrs. Steel? wie geht es Ihrem Bein denn heute, Frau Steel?
    he held his daughter tightly by \the arm er hielt seine Tochter am Arm fest
    11. (with dates) der
    \the 24th of May der 24. Mai
    May \the 24th der 24. Mai; (with time period) die
    in \the eighties in den Achtzigern [o Achtzigerjahren
    12. (with ordinal numbers) der/die/das
    you're \the fifth person to ask me that du bist die Fünfte, die mich das fragt
    these potatoes are sold by \the kilo diese Kartoffeln werden kiloweise verkauft
    by \the hour pro Stunde
    twenty miles to \the gallon zwanzig Meilen auf eine Gallone
    14. (enough) der/die/das
    I haven't got \the energy to go out this evening ich habe heute Abend nicht mehr die Energie auszugehen
    II. adv + comp
    all \the better/worse umso besser/schlechter
    I feel all \the better for getting that off my chest nachdem ich das losgeworden bin, fühle ich mich gleich viel besser
    any the better/worse in irgendeiner Weise besser/schlechter
    she doesn't seem to be any \the worse for her bad experience ihre schlimme Erfahrung scheint ihr in keiner Weise geschadet zu haben
    ▪ \the..., \the... je..., desto...
    \the lower \the price, \the poorer \the quality je niedriger der Preis, umso schlechter die Qualität
    \the colder it got, \the more she shivered je kälter es wurde, desto mehr zitterte sie
    bring the family with you! \the more \the merrier! bring die Familie mit! je mehr Leute, desto besser
    ▪ \the more..., \the more... je mehr..., desto mehr...
    \the more I see of his work, \the more I like it je mehr ich von seiner Arbeit sehe, desto besser gefällt sie mir
    * * *
    [ðə] (vor Vokalen auch, zur Betonung auch) [ðiː]
    1. def art
    1) der/die/das

    on the edge —

    to play the piano/guitar — Klavier/Gitarre spielen

    have you invited the Browns? — haben Sie die Browns or (with children) die Familie Brown eingeladen?

    in the 20s — in den zwanziger Jahren or Zwanzigerjahren pl

    how's the leg/wife? (inf) — wie gehts dem Bein/Ihrer Frau? (inf)

    2) (with adj used as n) das, die; (with comp or superl) der/die/das

    the poor/rich — die Armen pl/Reichen pl

    translated from the German —

    she was the prettier/prettiest — sie war die Hübschere/Hübscheste

    3) (denoting whole class) der/die/das
    4)

    (distributive use) 80p the pound — 80 Pence das or pro Pfund

    by the hour — pro Stunde

    the car does thirty miles to the gallon — das Auto braucht eine Gallone auf dreißig Meilen, das Auto verbraucht 11 Liter auf 100km

    5) [ðiː]
    (stressed) der/die/das
    2. adv

    (with comp adj or adv) all the more/better/harder — umso mehr/besser/schwieriger

    (all) the more so because... — umso mehr, als...

    See:
    → better
    * * *
    1. (bestimmter Artikel) der, die, das, pl die (und die entsprechenden Formen im akk und dat):
    the book on the table das Buch auf dem Tisch;
    the England of today das England von heute;
    the Browns die Browns, die Familie Brown
    one dollar the pound einen Dollar das Pfund;
    wine at two pounds the bottle Wein zu zwei Pfund die Flasche
    3. [ðiː] der, die, das (hervorragende oder geeignete etc):
    he is the painter of the century er ist der Maler des Jahrhunderts
    the2 [ðə] adv (vor komp) desto, umso;
    the … the je …, desto;
    so much the better umso besser;
    so much the more umso (viel) mehr;
    not any the better um nichts besser;
    the more so as umso mehr, als; → soon 3
    Gambia, the [ˈɡæmbıə] s Gamiba n
    Midlands, the [ˈmıdləndz] spl Mittelengland n (Grafschaften Mittelenglands, besonders Warwickshire, Northamptonshire, Leicestershire, Nottinghamshire, Derbyshire und Staffordshire)
    * * *
    1. definite article
    1) der/die/das

    if you want a quick survey, this is the book — für einen raschen Überblick ist dies das richtige Buch

    it's or there's only the one — es ist nur dieser/diese/dieses eine

    £5 the square metre/the gallon/the kilogram — 5 Pfund der Quadratmeter/die Gallone/das Kilogramm

    14 miles to the gallon — 14 Meilen auf eine Gallone; ≈ 20 l auf 100 km

    a scale of one mile to the inch — ein Maßstab von 1: 63 360

    have got the toothache/measles — (coll.) Zahnschmerzen/die Masern haben

    4) (Brit. coll.): (my, our, etc.) mein/unser usw
    2. adverb

    the more I practise the better I play — je mehr ich übe, desto od. um so besser spiele ich

    so much the worse for somebody/something — um so schlimmer für jemanden/etwas

    * * *
    art.
    das art.n.
    der art.m.
    die art.f. v.
    zum v.

    English-german dictionary > the

  • 114 groß

    big; tall; great; large; grand; heavyset
    * * *
    [groːs]
    1. ADJEKTIV
    comp ordm;er ['grøːsɐ] superl ordm;te(r, s) ['grøːstə]
    1) big; Fläche, Raum, Haus, Hände big, large; Höhe, Breite great; Größe, Tube, Dose, Packung etc large; (TYP ) Buchstabe capital

    ein ganz großes Haus/Buch — a great big house/book

    der große ( Uhr)zeiger — the big or minute hand

    ein Loch größer machen — to make a hole bigger

    ein großes Bier, ein Großes (inf) — ≈ a pint (of beer) (Brit), a large beer

    großes Geld — notes pl (Brit), bills pl (US)

    im Großen und Ganzen (gesehen) — by and large

    im Großen einkaufen — to buy in bulk or quantity

    2) = hoch, hochgewachsen tall

    wie groß bist du? — how tall are you?

    er ist 1,80 Meter groß — he's one metre (Brit) or meter (US) eighty (tall)

    3) = älter Bruder, Schwester big

    unsere Große — our eldest or oldest (daughter); (von zweien) our elder daughter

    Groß und Klein — young and old (alike)

    zu groß für etw sein — to be too big for sth

    4) zeitlich Verzögerung, Rede big, long

    die großen Ferien — the summer holidays (Brit) or holiday (US)

    5) = beträchtlich, wichtig, bedeutend great; Erfolg, Enttäuschung, Hoffnung, Eile great, big; Gewinn, Ereignis big; Katastrophe, Schreck terrible; Summe large; Geschwindigkeit high

    er hat Großes geleistet — he has achieved great things

    die größten Erfindungen unseres Jahrhunderts — the greatest inventions of our century

    ein großer Dichter wie Goethe — a great poet like Goethe

    eine große Dummheit machen — to do something very or really stupid

    großen Durst haben — to be very thirsty

    er ist kein großer Esser (inf) — he's not a big eater

    die großen Fragen unserer Zeit — the great or big questions of our time

    vor meinem Haus war or herrschte ein großer Lärm — there was a lot of noise outside my house

    großen Hunger haben — to be very hungry

    ich habe große Lust zu verreisen — I'd really like to go away (on holiday (Brit) or vacation (US))

    sie hatte große Lust, sich zu verkleiden — she really wanted to get dressed up

    große Mode sein — to be all the rage (inf)

    einen großen Namen haben — to be a big name

    die große Nummer (im Zirkus) — the big number, the star turn (esp Brit)

    ich bin kein großer Redner (inf) — I'm no great speaker

    im größten Regen/Schneesturm — in the middle of a downpour/snowstorm

    6) = großartig, bewundernswert iro great
    7) in Eigennamen Great

    Alfred/Friedrich der Große — Alfred/Frederick the Great

    8) MUS
    2. ADVERB
    comp ordm; er, superl am ordm;ten
    1)

    = nicht klein groß gewachsen — tall

    groß gemustert — large-print, with a large print

    groß machen (baby-talk) — to do number two (baby-talk), to do a poo (Brit baby-talk)

    groß daherreden (inf) — to talk big (inf)

    See:
    2)

    = in großem Ausmaß groß einkaufen gehen — to go on a spending spree, to splash out (Brit inf)

    groß ausgehen — to go out somewhere expensive

    groß und breit (fig inf) — at great length

    3)

    = besonders jdn groß anblicken — to give sb a hard stare

    groß in Mode sein — to be all the rage (inf)

    was ist das schon groß? (inf) — big deal! (inf), so what? (inf)

    was soll man da schon groß machen/sagen? (inf) — what can you do/say?

    er hat sich nicht gerade groß für unsere Belange eingesetzt (inf) — he didn't exactly put up a big fight for us

    * * *
    1) (large in size: a big car.) big
    2) (very large, larger etc than average: a great crowd of people at the football match.) great
    3) (great in size, amount etc; not small: a large number of people; a large house; a large family; This house is too large for two people.) large
    4) (fairly large: His income is quite sizeable, now that he has been promoted.) sizeable
    5) ((of people and thin or narrow objects such as buildings or trees) higher than normal: a tall man/tree.) tall
    6) ((of people) having a particular height: John is only four feet tall.) tall
    7) (great or large: He won by a wide margin.) wide
    * * *
    <größer, größte>
    [ˈgro:s]
    I. adj
    1. (räumlich ausgedehnt) Gegenstand large, big; Buchstabe big, capital
    in \großen/größeren Formaten/Größen in large/larger formats/sizes
    2. (hoch aufragend) long
    ein \großer Kirchturm/Mast/Turm a high church steeple/pylon/tower
    3. (hoch gewachsen) Mensch tall
    du bist \groß geworden you've grown
    wie \groß bist du? how tall are you?
    er ist 1,78 m \groß he is 5 foot 10 [or 1.78m] [tall]
    ein \großer Baum/eine \große Vase a tall tree/vase
    4. (zeitlich ausgedehnt) Pause, Zeitraum long; Rede a. lengthy
    auf \große[r] Fahrt on a long journey
    die \großen Ferien the summer holidays BRIT, the summer vacation AM
    die \große Pause SCH mid-morning break
    5. (älter) big, elder, older
    ▪ die G\großen pl (die Erwachsenen) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children; (fam)
    das ist Anita, unsere G\große this is Anita, our eldest
    wenn ich \groß bin... when I'm grown up...
    mein \großer Bruder/meine \große Schwester my elder brother/my elder sister
    mit etw dat \groß geworden sein to have grown up with sth
    G\groß und Klein young and old [alike]
    im G\großen einkaufen to buy in bulk
    die \große Masse most [or the majority] of the people
    ein \großer Teil der Bevölkerung a large part of the population
    was für eine \große Freude! how delightful!
    du redest ganz \großen Unsinn you're talking complete rubbish
    was ist denn das für ein \großer Lärm auf der Straße? what's all that noise in the street?
    macht doch nicht so einen \großen Lärm! don't make so much noise!
    \große Angst haben to be terribly afraid [or frightened]
    ein \großer Aufstieg a meteoric rise
    eine \große Beeinträchtigung a major impairment
    ein \großer Betrag a large amount
    eine \große Dummheit sheer stupidity
    ein \großer Durchbruch/Reinfall a major breakthrough/disaster
    eine \große Enttäuschung a great [or deep] [or profound] disappointment
    mit \großer Geschwindigkeit at high [or great] speed
    \großen Hunger haben to be terribly hungry
    \großes Leid great [or deep] [or profound] sorrow
    ein \großer Misserfolg an abject [or a dismal] failure
    \große Nachfrage a big demand
    eine \große Preissteigerung a massive price rise [or increase]
    ein \großer Schrecken a nasty fright
    \große Schwierigkeiten serious [or real] trouble
    \große Wut unbridled fury
    \großer Zorn deep [or profound] anger
    8. (bedeutend) great
    etwas/nichts G\großes something/nothing great
    sie hat in ihrem Leben nichts G\großes geleistet she never achieved anything great [or major] in her life, she did not achieve great things in her life
    mit diesem Gemälde hat sie etwas G\großes geschaffen she has created something great [or profound] with this painting
    ein \großer Konzern/ein \großes Unternehmen a leading [or major] group/company
    9. (besonders gut) big
    im Meckern ist sie ganz \groß she's quite good at moaning
    ich bin kein \großer Esser/Trinker I'm not a big eater/drinker
    ich bin kein \großer Redner I'm no [or not a] great speaker
    ▪ ... der G\große... the Great
    Friedrich der G\große Frederick the Great
    11. (großes Glas) large, big
    ein G\großes [o ein \großes Bier] ≈ a pint [of beer] BRIT, rare a large beer
    nach den drei \großen Bier war ich ziemlich angeheitert I felt quite merry fam [or fam tipsy] after three pints [of beer]
    12.
    ▶ im G\großen und Ganzen [gesehen] on the whole, by and large
    ▶ \großes Geld notes BRIT, bills AM
    ich habe nur \großes Geld I haven't any change on me; s.a. klein
    II. adv
    1. (fam: besonders)
    was ist da jetzt schon \groß dabei! big deal! fam
    er hat sich aber nicht gerade \groß für uns eingesetzt! he didn't exactly do very much [or put himself out much] for us!
    was soll man da schon \groß sagen? you can't really say very much
    ich habe mich nie \groß für Politik interessiert I've never been particularly interested in politics
    \groß einsteigen to go in for sth in a big way
    sie ist ganz \groß in die Politik eingestiegen she's gone into politics in a big way
    [mit etw dat] [ganz] \groß rauskommen to have a real success [or big hit] with sth
    2. (von weitem Ausmaß)
    \groß angelegt large-scale
    eine \groß angelegte Offensive a full-scale offensive [or attack
    3. MODE
    etw größer machen Hosen etc. to let out sth sep
    4. (nicht klein)
    \groß kariert MODE large-checked attr
    5.
    ▶ \groß und breit (fam) at great length
    ▶ \groß machen (kindersprache fam) to do number two [or BRIT a pooh] childspeak fam
    * * *
    1.
    größer, größt... Adjektiv
    1) big; big, large <house, window, area, room, etc.>; large < pack, size, can, etc.>; great <length, width, height>; tall < person>

    große Eier/Kartoffeln — large eggs/potatoes

    eine große Terz/Sekunde — (Musik) a major third/second

    ein großes Bier, bitte — a pint, please

    2) (eine bestimmte Größe aufweisend)

    1 m2/2 ha groß — 1 m2/2 ha in area

    sie ist 1,75 m groß — she is 1.75 m tall

    doppelt/dreimal so groß wie... — twice/three times the size of...

    3) (älter) big <brother, sister>

    seine größere Schwester — his elder sister

    unsere Große/unser Großer — our eldest or oldest daughter/son

    4) (erwachsen) grown-up <children, son, daughter>

    [mit etwas] groß werden — grow up [with something]

    die Großen — (Erwachsene) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children

    Groß und Klein — old and young [alike]

    5) (lange dauernd) long, lengthy <delay, talk, explanation, pause>

    die großen Ferien — (Schulw.) the summer holidays or (Amer.) long vacation sing.

    die große Pause — (Schulw.) [mid-morning] break

    große Summen/Kosten — large sums/heavy costs

    7) (außerordentlich) great <pleasure, pain, hunger, anxiety, hurry, progress, difficulty, mistake, importance>; intense <heat, cold>; high < speed>

    ihre/seine große Liebe — her/his great love

    8) (gewichtig) great; major < producer, exporter>; great, major < event>

    ein großer Augenblick/Tag — a great moment/day

    große Worte — grand or fine words

    [k]eine große Rolle spielen — [not] play a great or an important part

    die Großen [der Welt] — the great figures [of our world]

    9) nicht präd. (glanzvoll) grand <celebration, ball, etc.>

    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen — (iron.) play the fine lady/gentleman

    10) (bedeutend) great, major < artist, painter, work>

    Katharina die Große — Catherine the Great; s. auch Karl

    die große Linie/der große Zusammenhang — the basic line/the overall context

    in großen Zügen od. Umrissen — in broad outline

    im Großen [und] Ganzen — by and large; on the whole

    12) (geh.): (selbstlos) noble <deed etc.>

    ein großes Herz haben — be great-hearted

    13) (ugs.): (großspurig)

    große Reden schwingen od. (salopp) Töne spucken — talk big (coll.)

    2.
    1)

    groß geschrieben werden — (fig. ugs.) be stressed or emphasized

    groß machen — (Kinderspr.) do number two (child lang.)

    2) (ugs.): (aufwendig)
    3) (ugs.): (besonders) greatly; particularly
    4) (ugs.): (großartig)

    sie steht ganz groß da — she has made it big (coll.) or made the big time (coll.)

    * * *
    groß; größer, am größten
    A. adj
    1. big (besonders gefühlsbetont); Haus, Fläche etc: large; Land: vast; Baum, Gebäude etc: (hoch) tall; (riesig) huge; Person: tall;
    Wagen ASTRON Great Bear, Ursa Major fachspr;
    ein großes Gebäude a big(, tall) building;
    der Große Ozean GEOG the Pacific (Ocean);
    die Großen Seen GEOG the Great Lakes;
    große Zehe big toe;
    großer Buchstabe capital letter;
    Gut mit großem G good with a capital G;
    wir sprechen hier von Geiz mit einem großen G fig, pej we’re talking about meanness with a capital M here;
    groß machen/müssen kinderspr do/have to do big jobs
    2. an Ausmaß, Intensität, Wert etc: great; Fehler, Lärm, Unterschied etc: auch big; Entfernung: great, long; Geschwindigkeit: high; Hitze, Kälte, Schmerzen etc: intense; Kälte: auch severe; Verlust: heavy; Wissen: extensive, wide; (tief) profound; MUS, Intervall, Terz: major; Angeber, Angsthase, Feigling etc: terrible, dreadful;
    (auf) groß stellen (Heizung, Herd etc) set on high, turn up;
    großes Bier large one, Br etwa pint, US 16 ouncer;
    große Ferien summer holiday(s), long vacation;
    zu meiner großen Freude to my great joy ( oder pleasure);
    großes Geld umg (Scheine) notes pl, US bills pl; (viel Geld) a lot of money;
    wie komme ich an das große Geld? umg how do I get into the big money?;
    großes Glück haben be very lucky;
    großen Hunger haben be very hungry; stärker: be starving;
    große Mehrheit great majority;
    große Pause long (mid-morning) break;
    ein Fest im großen Rahmen a celebration on the grand scale;
    große Schritte machen make great progress;
    zum großen Teil largely, for the most part;
    eine große Zahl von a large number of, a great many; → Liebe, Mode etc
    wie groß ist er? how tall is he?;
    er ist … groß he’s … (tall); das Grundstück
    ist 600 m2
    groß is 600 metres (US -ers) square;
    ist drei mal fünf Meter groß is five metres (US -ers) square ( oder each way);
    gleich groß Personen: the same height, as tall as each other; Flächen, Kleidungsstücke etc: the same size;
    so groß wie ein Fußballfeld the size of a football pitch (US soccer field);
    war dreimal so groß wie der der Konkurrenz was three times that of our rivals
    4. (erwachsen) grown-up; (älter) big;
    große Schwester big sister;
    groß werden Kinder: grow up;
    zu groß werden für outgrow sth, get too big for;
    er ist nur ein großes Kind he’s just a big baby;
    Groß und Klein young and old
    5. fig Augenblick, Entdeckung, Erfolg, Tag, Tat etc: great; (bedeutend) major, important; (großartig) grand, magnificent; Pläne, Ziele: great, grand, big; Künstler, Dichter etc: great;
    große Politik national (bzw international) politics, the political big time umg;
    große Worte big words;
    Friedrich der Große Frederick the Great;
    Karl der Große Charlemagne;
    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen iron play the great lady/lord;
    große Reden schwingen iron talk big;
    6. (allgemein, wesentlich) broad, general;
    die große Linie verfolgen follow the main lines, stick to the basic ( oder broad) principles;
    den großen Zusammenhang erkennen see the big picture;
    in großen Zügen in broad outline
    7. umg (gut):
    das war ganz groß! that was really great!;
    große Klasse she’s really good ( oder she’s brilliant) at arithmetic;
    im Angeben/Geldausgeben ist er (ganz) groß iron he’s very good at showing off/spending money;
    ich bin kein großer Tänzer etc I’m not much of a dancer etc;
    ich bin kein großer Freund von Partys/Suppe I’m not a great one for parties/soup, I’m not particularly fond of parties/soup;
    er ist ein großer Schweiger/kein großer Esser he’s not a great talker/eater
    8. (edel):
    ein großes Herz haben have a noble ( oder generous) heart
    9. (aufwändig) Empfang, Fest etc: big, lavish;
    in großer Aufmachung Bericht etc: prominently featured, splashed across the page; Person: in full dress;
    in großer Garderobe in full dress; → Auge, Bahnhof, Glocke etc, Große1, größer, größt…
    B. adv
    1. big;
    groß gedruckt in large letters ( oder print);
    groß gemustert with a large pattern;
    groß kariert large-checked;
    er sah mich nur groß an he just stared at me;
    groß und breit dastehen umg, unübersehbar: stand out; stärker: stick out like a sore thumb; → auch großschreiben, großgebaut etc
    groß angelegt Aktion etc: large-scale, full-scale;
    groß ausgehen umg have a real night out;
    jemanden/etwas groß herausbringen umg pull out all the stops for sb/sth, give sb/sth a tremendous build-up
    3. umg:
    groß angeben talk big; um einzuschüchtern: throw one’s weight around ( oder about);
    groß auftreten act big;
    4. (edel) denken, handeln etc: nobly
    5. (gut):
    groß in Form in great form;
    beim Publikum groß ankommen be a big hit with the audience;
    6. umg:
    er kümmert sich nicht groß darum he doesn’t really bother about it;
    was ist schon groß dabei? so what?, US auch (so) what’s the big deal?;
    was gibt es da groß zu sagen? what can you say?;
    was gibt’s da noch groß zu fragen? is there really anything more we need to ask?;
    was kann das schon groß kosten? it can’t be very expensive, can it?;
    was war los? -
    was soll schon groß gewesen sein? what do you think happened?
    * * *
    1.
    größer, größt... Adjektiv
    1) big; big, large <house, window, area, room, etc.>; large <pack, size, can, etc.>; great <length, width, height>; tall < person>

    große Eier/Kartoffeln — large eggs/potatoes

    eine große Terz/Sekunde — (Musik) a major third/second

    ein großes Bier, bitte — a pint, please

    1 m2/2 ha groß — 1 m2/2 ha in area

    sie ist 1,75 m groß — she is 1.75 m tall

    doppelt/dreimal so groß wie... — twice/three times the size of...

    3) (älter) big <brother, sister>

    unsere Große/unser Großer — our eldest or oldest daughter/son

    4) (erwachsen) grown-up <children, son, daughter>

    [mit etwas] groß werden — grow up [with something]

    die Großen — (Erwachsene) the grown-ups; (ältere Kinder) the older children

    Groß und Klein — old and young [alike]

    5) (lange dauernd) long, lengthy <delay, talk, explanation, pause>

    die großen Ferien — (Schulw.) the summer holidays or (Amer.) long vacation sing.

    die große Pause — (Schulw.) [mid-morning] break

    große Summen/Kosten — large sums/heavy costs

    7) (außerordentlich) great <pleasure, pain, hunger, anxiety, hurry, progress, difficulty, mistake, importance>; intense <heat, cold>; high < speed>

    ihre/seine große Liebe — her/his great love

    8) (gewichtig) great; major <producer, exporter>; great, major < event>

    ein großer Augenblick/Tag — a great moment/day

    große Worte — grand or fine words

    [k]eine große Rolle spielen — [not] play a great or an important part

    die Großen [der Welt] — the great figures [of our world]

    9) nicht präd. (glanzvoll) grand <celebration, ball, etc.>

    die große Dame/den großen Herrn spielen — (iron.) play the fine lady/gentleman

    10) (bedeutend) great, major <artist, painter, work>

    Katharina die Große — Catherine the Great; s. auch Karl

    die große Linie/der große Zusammenhang — the basic line/the overall context

    in großen Zügen od. Umrissen — in broad outline

    im Großen [und] Ganzen — by and large; on the whole

    12) (geh.): (selbstlos) noble <deed etc.>
    13) (ugs.): (großspurig)

    große Reden schwingen od. (salopp) Töne spucken — talk big (coll.)

    2.
    1)

    groß geschrieben werden — (fig. ugs.) be stressed or emphasized

    groß machen — (Kinderspr.) do number two (child lang.)

    2) (ugs.): (aufwendig)
    3) (ugs.): (besonders) greatly; particularly
    4) (ugs.): (großartig)

    sie steht ganz groß da — she has made it big (coll.) or made the big time (coll.)

    * * *
    adj.
    ample adj.
    big adj.
    capital adj.
    great adj.
    heavyset adj.
    large adj.
    sizable adj.
    tall adj. adv.
    largely adv.
    sizably adv.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > groß

  • 115 compilar

    v.
    to compile (gen) & (computing).
    * * *
    1 to compile
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    * * *
    verbo transitivo to compile
    * * *
    = build, compile, put together.
    Ex. Similarly, the system normally treats hyphenated words as separate words when building the index.
    Ex. This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.
    Ex. The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.
    ----
    * compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.
    * compilar una bibliografía = compile + bibliography.
    * compilar un catálogo = compile + catalogue.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo to compile
    * * *
    = build, compile, put together.

    Ex: Similarly, the system normally treats hyphenated words as separate words when building the index.

    Ex: This system could be used by the booktrade for compiling second-hand book lists.
    Ex: The way in which this scheme is put together in book form often causes some confusion at first.
    * compilar partiendo de cero = compile + from scratch, compile + from scratch.
    * compilar una bibliografía = compile + bibliography.
    * compilar un catálogo = compile + catalogue.

    * * *
    compilar [A1 ]
    vt
    A ‹datos/hechos/información› to compile
    B ( Inf) to compile
    * * *

    compilar ( conjugate compilar) verbo transitivo
    to compile
    compilar verbo transitivo to compile: he compilado una serie de datos que creo que te interesarán, I have compiled information that I think will interest you
    ' compilar' also found in these entries:
    English:
    compile
    * * *
    1. [libros, información] to compile
    2. Informát to compile
    * * *
    v/t compile
    * * *
    : to compile

    Spanish-English dictionary > compilar

  • 116 mermar

    v.
    1 to reduce, to diminish, to lessen.
    2 to decrease, to diminish.
    El medicamento merma la fiebre The drug decreases the fever.
    Mermó el negocio Business decreased.
    El negocio nos mermó Our business decreased.
    3 to dwindle, to decrease, to recede.
    La energía mermó The energy dwindled.
    * * *
    1 to reduce
    1 to decrease, diminish
    * * *
    1.
    VT (=disminuir) [+ crecimiento, capacidad] to reduce; [+ autoridad, prestigio] to undermine; [+ reservas] to deplete; [+ pago, raciones] to cut
    2.
    VI
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo (frml) viento/frío to abate (frml); luz to fade
    2.
    mermar vt (frml) < suministro> to reduce, cut down on; < capital> to reduce
    * * *
    = gut, deplete, chip away, whittle (away/down/at), reduce, shrink.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado shrank, participio shrunk.
    Ex. Prices of European produced scientific, technical and medical serials continue to gut US research libraries.
    Ex. This intermediate grade would equate with the senior library assistant, a category much depleted in UK academic librarianship.
    Ex. Despite the US Constitution and Bill of Rights, guaranteeing freedom of expression, there seems to be an onslaught of people chipping away at this social foundation.
    Ex. However, such idealism is often whittled away over time by bureaucratic problems & organizational demands.
    Ex. The disadvantage of inversion of words is that inversion or indirect word order reduces predictability of form of headings.
    Ex. The 'false hit' problem still arises, but becomes less likely as the 'neighborhood' of the two words shrinks.
    ----
    * mermar las fuerzas = sap + the energy.
    * mermar + Posesivo + confianza = sap + Posesivo + confidence.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo (frml) viento/frío to abate (frml); luz to fade
    2.
    mermar vt (frml) < suministro> to reduce, cut down on; < capital> to reduce
    * * *
    = gut, deplete, chip away, whittle (away/down/at), reduce, shrink.
    Nota: Verbo irregular: pasado shrank, participio shrunk.

    Ex: Prices of European produced scientific, technical and medical serials continue to gut US research libraries.

    Ex: This intermediate grade would equate with the senior library assistant, a category much depleted in UK academic librarianship.
    Ex: Despite the US Constitution and Bill of Rights, guaranteeing freedom of expression, there seems to be an onslaught of people chipping away at this social foundation.
    Ex: However, such idealism is often whittled away over time by bureaucratic problems & organizational demands.
    Ex: The disadvantage of inversion of words is that inversion or indirect word order reduces predictability of form of headings.
    Ex: The 'false hit' problem still arises, but becomes less likely as the 'neighborhood' of the two words shrinks.
    * mermar las fuerzas = sap + the energy.
    * mermar + Posesivo + confianza = sap + Posesivo + confidence.

    * * *
    mermar [A1 ]
    vi
    ( frml); «viento» to abate ( frml), to drop, to die down; «luz» to fade
    el frío ha mermado it's less cold now, the cold has abated ( frml)
    el nivel del agua ha mermado con el calor the water level has fallen because of the heat
    ■ mermar
    vt
    ( frml); ‹suministro/provisión› to reduce, cut down on; ‹capital› to reduce
    mermó las arcas de la organización it diminished o depleted the resources of the organization
    * * *

    mermar ( conjugate mermar) verbo intransitivo (frml) [viento/frío] to abate (frml);
    [ luz] to fade
    verbo transitivo (frml) to reduce
    mermar
    I verbo transitivo to cause to decrease o diminish: ha mermado sus posibilidades de tener éxito, she has reduced her chances for success
    II verbo intransitivo to decrease, diminish: sus facultades han mermado, his (mental) faculties have diminished
    ' mermar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    achicarse
    - palidecer
    - reducirse
    English:
    deplete
    - erode
    - tail
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    [caudal] to go down, to fall; [energía, vitalidad, dinamismo] to diminish; [ingresos, productividad] to fall; [calidad] to deteriorate
    ♦ vt
    [energía, vitalidad, dinamismo] to diminish; [ingresos, productividad, calidad] to reduce
    * * *
    I v/t reduce
    II v/i diminish
    * * *
    mermar vi
    : to decrease, to diminish
    mermar vt
    : to reduce, to cut down

    Spanish-English dictionary > mermar

  • 117 más

    conj.
    but.
    * * *
    1 but
    * * *
    conj.
    * * *
    CONJ but
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].
    Ex. Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).
    Ex. The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex. All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex. A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    ----
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way .
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.
    * * *
    conjunción (liter) but
    * * *
    = extra, more, plus, topmost [top most].

    Ex: Each step of subdivision involves an extra character (see below).

    Ex: The command function 'MORE' is used to request the system to display more information, for instance to continue the alphabetical display of terms.
    Ex: All of these (except PREVIOUS and NEXT), plus some additional commands are also available from the Command Menu.
    Ex: A list of the topmost cited papers of the Proceedings is presented.
    * acercarse aun más = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * acercarse más aun = bring + closer together, come closer together, draw + closer together.
    * ahora más que nunca = now more than ever.
    * alcanzar cotas más altas = raise to + greater heights.
    * algo más = anything else.
    * algunos años más tarde = some years on.
    * a más largo plazo = longer-term.
    * a más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * a más tardar = at the latest.
    * análisis más minucioso = closer examination.
    * aprender de la forma más difícil = learn + the hard way.
    * aún más = Verbo + further, even further, all the more, further, furthermore, beyond that, a fortiori.
    * bastante más = rather more.
    * cada vez más = ever-growing, ever-increasing, increasingly, more and more, progressively, ever more, mushrooming, ever greater, in increasing numbers, increasing.
    * cada vez más abultado = swelling.
    * cada vez más alto = constantly rising, steadily rising, steadily growing.
    * cada vez más amplio = ever-widening.
    * cada vez más estricto = tightening.
    * cada vez más extendido = spreading.
    * cada vez más fácil = ever easier.
    * cada vez más lejos = further and further.
    * cada vez más rápido = ever faster.
    * cada vez más tenue = fading.
    * cada vez más viejo = aging [ageing].
    * citado más arriba = above.
    * con el más sumo cuidado = with utmost care.
    * con más antigüedad = longest-serving.
    * con más detalle = in most detail, in more detail.
    * con más frecuencia = most frequently.
    * con más razón aún = a fortiori.
    * con más vigor aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más virulencia aun = with a vengeance.
    * con más vitalidad = revitalised [revitalized, -USA].
    * con un filo más pronunciado = sharper-edged.
    * correr más deprisa que = outrun [out-run].
    * costumbre cada vez más frecuente = growing practice.
    * cuanto más = all the more so, all the more, a fortiori.
    * cuanto más..., más... = the + Comparativo..., the + Comparativo....
    * cuantos más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * cuya fecha se anunciará más adelante = at a time to be announced later.
    * cuya fecha se determinará más adelante = at a time to be determined later.
    * dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.
    * dar más de sí = go further.
    * dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.
    * darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * de crecimiento más rápido = fastest-growing.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de forma que resulta más fácil de entender = in digestible form.
    * de la forma más difícil = the hard way.
    * de la forma más fácil = the easy way.
    * de lo más = very.
    * de lo más + Adjetivo = most + Adjetivo.
    * demandar cada vez más enérgicamente = build + pressure, build + pressure.
    * de más = extra, one too many.
    * de más arriba = topmost [top most].
    * desarrollar aun más = develop + further.
    * desde un punto de vista más amplio = in a broader sense.
    * desde un punto de vista más general = in a broader sense.
    * de una manera más sencilla = in digestible form.
    * dicho más arriba, lo = foregoing, the.
    * distanciar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * dominio de las personas con más edad = senior power.
    * durante las horas de más calor = during the heat of the day.
    * durar más que = outlive.
    * el más = all-time.
    * el más adecuado = ideally suited.
    * el más + Adjetivo = the most + Adjetivo.
    * el más allá = hereafter.
    * el más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el más favorito del mes = pick of the month.
    * el más leído = the most widely read.
    * el más recomendado = best of breed, the.
    * el + Nombre + más completo = the + Nombre + to end all + Nombre.
    * el no va más = the be all and end all, the bee's knees, the cat's pyjamas, the cat's meow, the cat's whiskers, the dog's bollocks.
    * el punto más bajo = rock-bottom.
    * el todo es más grande que la suma de sus partes = the whole is greater than the sum of its parts.
    * en el momento más débil de Alguien = at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * enfrascado en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * enfrascar a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * enfrascarse en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * en lo más mínimo = not in the least + Nombre Negativo.
    * en más de una ocasión = on more than one occasion, in more than one instance, in more than one occasion.
    * en más de un sentido = in more ways than one.
    * en su forma más básica = at its most basic.
    * en su nivel más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en su punto más álgido = at its height.
    * en su punto más bajo = at its lowest ebb.
    * en tiempos más recientes = in more recent times.
    * en un futuro más o menos cercano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un período más o menos lejano = in the near future, in the near future.
    * en un sentido más amplio = in a broader sense, in a larger sense.
    * en un sentido más general = in a broader sense.
    * es más = more important, moreover.
    * examen más minucioso = closer examination.
    * examinar más detenidamente = look + closer, take + a closer look at, take + a close look.
    * examinar más minuciosamente = examine + in greater detail.
    * explicar un Tema con más detalle = expand upon/on + Tema.
    * forma de la curva estadística en su valor más alto = peak-shape.
    * ganar cada vez más importancia = go from + strength to strength.
    * gastar más de la cuenta = overspend.
    * gastarse más dinero = dig + deep.
    * haber todavía más = there + be + more to it than that.
    * hacer las leyes más estrictas = tighten + laws.
    * hacerle la vida más simple a todos = simplify + life for everyone.
    * hacerlo más llevadero = make + life easier.
    * hacer más consciente de Algo = heighten + awareness.
    * hacer más copias de Algo = produce + additional copies.
    * hacer más estricto = tighten.
    * hacer más fuerte = toughen.
    * hacer más preciso = tightening up.
    * hacer más rico = add + richness to.
    * hacer más riguroso = tighten, tightening up.
    * hacer más sofisticado = dumb up.
    * hacer que tenga más valor = put + a premium on.
    * hacerse cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * hacerse más complejo = grow in + complexity, gain in + complexity.
    * hacerse más corto = grow + shorter.
    * hacerse más fuerte = gain in + strength, grow in + strength.
    * hacerse más inteligente = smarten up.
    * herir en lo más profundo = cut to + the heart of, cut to + the quick.
    * horario de apertura más amplio = extended hours.
    * incluso yendo más lejos = even farther afield.
    * invertir más dinero = dig + deep.
    * ir aun más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * ir más allá = go + one stage further.
    * ir más allá de = go beyond, transcend, get beyond, go far beyond, move + beyond, take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther, go + past.
    * ir más allá de las posibilidades de Alguien = be beyond + Posesivo + capabilities.
    * ir más lejos = go + one stage further.
    * ir poco más allá de + Infinitivo = go little further than + Gerundio.
    * ir todavía más lejos = go + a/one step further.
    * la parte más dura de = brunt of, the.
    * la parte más importante = the heart of.
    * ley del más fuerte, la = law of the jungle, the, survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * libro más vendido = bestseller [best seller/best-seller].
    * lista de más populares = chart.
    * lista de más vendidos = chart.
    * llegar más lejos = stretch + further.
    * llevar aún más lejos = carry + one step further.
    * llevar + Nombre + aún más lejos = take + Nombre + a/one step further/farther.
    * lo más cercano a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más destacado = highlights.
    * lo más detestado = pet hate.
    * lo más importante = most of all.
    * lo más interesante = highlights.
    * lo más mínimo = so much as.
    * lo más novedoso = the last word.
    * lo más odiado = pet hate.
    * lo más parecido a = the nearest thing to.
    * lo más probable es que = most probably.
    * lo más recio de = brunt of, the.
    * lo más recóndito = nooks and crannies.
    * lo que es más = what is more, what's more.
    * lo que es más importante = most importantly, most of all, more importantly, most important.
    * los más necesitados = those most in need.
    * más acomodados, los = better off, the.
    * más adelante = later, further along, later on, in due time, at a later date.
    * más afilado que una navaja = as sharp as a knife.
    * más afilado que un cuchillo = as sharp as a knife.
    * más alegre que unas castañuelas = as happy as Larry.
    * más alejado = further afield, furthest away.
    * más allá = further than, farther, yonder, beyond that.
    * más allá de = beyond, beyond all, past, beyond the range of.
    * más allá de cualquier duda = beyond any doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de eso = beyond that.
    * más allá de la obligación = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá del deber = beyond the call of duty.
    * más allá de ninguna duda = beyond doubt, beyond doubt, beyond any doubt.
    * más allá de toda duda = beyond doubt, beyond any doubt, without a shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * más allá de toda razón = beyond reason.
    * más allá, el = afterlife [after-life], land of the dead, the.
    * más antiguo = longest-serving.
    * más antiguo, el = seniormost, the.
    * más anunciado = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más apreciado = long-cherished.
    * más aun = nay, beyond that, furthermore.
    * más bien = if you like, instead.
    * más bien bajo = shortish.
    * más bien corto = shortish.
    * más bien pequeño = smallish.
    * más bien todo lo contrario = quite the opposite, quite the contrary, quite the reverse.
    * más borracho que una cuba = as drunk as a lord, as drunk as a newt, as drunk as a skunk.
    * más bueno que un pan = as good as gold.
    * más cerca de = more nearly.
    * más claro el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más claro que el agua = as clear as a bell.
    * más complejo de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más complicado de lo que parece = more than meets the eye.
    * más común = mainstream.
    * más concretamente = more to the point.
    * más conocido = best known, best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA], mainstream.
    * más conocido como = better known as.
    * más contento que unas castañuela = as happy as Larry.
    * más contento que unas pascuas = as happy as Larry.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más corto que las mangas de una chaleco = as daft as a brush.
    * más corto que las mangas de un chaleco = as thick as two (short) planks, as shy as shy can be, as thick as a brick, knucklehead.
    * más débil de la camada, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más débil del grupo, el = runt of the litter, the.
    * más de + Cantidad = in excess of + Cantidad, over + Cantidad, more than + Cantidad, upwards of + Cantidad.
    * más del 10 por ciento = double digit, double figure.
    * más de la cuenta = one too many.
    * más de la mayoría de los + Nombre = more than most + Nombre.
    * más de lo mismo = more of the same.
    * más demandado = most demanded.
    * más dentro = further into.
    * más destacado = foremost.
    * más de una vez = more than once.
    * más de un ISBN = more than one ISBN.
    * más de un millón = million-plus.
    * más de unos cuantos + Nombre = not a few + Nombre.
    * más difundido = best-publicised [best-publicized, -USA].
    * más duradero = longer-lasting.
    * más duro que la suela de un zapato = as tough as leather, as tough as nails, as tough as nuts, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más duro que una piedra = as tough as nuts, as tough as nails, as tough as leather, as tough as old boots, as tough as shoe leather.
    * más exactamente = more nearly.
    * más fácil de entender para nosotros = closer to home.
    * más frío que el mármol = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que la nieve = as cold as ice.
    * más frío que un témpano (de hielo) = as cold as ice.
    * más fuerte que un roble = as strong as an ox.
    * más fuerte que un toro = as strong as an ox.
    * más granado de la sociedad, lo = cream of society, the.
    * más grande = greater.
    * más hambre que el perro de un ciego = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más hambre que un maestro de escuela = as hungry as a wolf, as hungry as a bear, as hungry as a hunter.
    * más importante = foremost.
    * más importante aun = more significantly.
    * más información = further information, further details.
    * más íntimo = innermost.
    * más largo que un día sin pan = as long as (my/your) arm.
    * más lejos = further afield, further away, furthest away.
    * más meridional = southernmost.
    * más necesitado = most in need.
    * más occidental = westernmost.
    * más o menos = more or less, of a sort, or so, of sorts, after a fashion, round about, roughly speaking, give or take, ballpark.
    * más o menos + Adverbio = relatively + Adverbio.
    * más o menos cuadrado = squarish.
    * más perdedor = losingest.
    * más perenne = longer-lasting.
    * más permanente = longer-lasting.
    * más prestigioso = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * más profundo = innermost.
    * más que = more... than..., rather than.
    * más que antes = more than ever, more... than ever before, more than ever before.
    * más que la suma de sus partes = Comparativo + than the sum of its parts.
    * más quemado que la pipa (de) un indio = completely burned-out, totally burned-out.
    * más que muerto = dead and buried.
    * más que nada = more than anything else.
    * más que ninguna otra cosa = beyond all else.
    * más que nunca = more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que nunca antes = more... than ever before, more than ever before, more than ever.
    * más que todo lo demás = beyond all else.
    * más que todos nosotros juntos = more than all of us put together.
    * más recientemente = in more recent times, more recently.
    * más recóndito = innermost.
    * más secreto = innermost.
    * más septentrional = northernmost.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * más sincero + Nombre = deeply felt + Nombre.
    * más sordo que una tapia = as deaf as a post.
    * más suave que el terciopelo = as soft as velvet.
    * más suave que la seda = as soft as silk.
    * más tarde = later on.
    * más tarde o más temprano = sooner or later, at one time or another.
    * más todavía = all the more so.
    * más usado = most heavily used.
    * más vale malo conocido que bueno por conocer = better the devil you know (than the devil you don't).
    * más vale pájaro en mano que ciento volando = a bird in the hand is worth two in the bush.
    * más vale prevenir que curar = a stitch in time saves nine, better (to be) safe than sorry.
    * más vale que + Subjuntivo = might + as well + Verbo.
    * más vale tarde que nunca = better late than never.
    * más valorado = highly valued.
    * más vendido = best selling [bestselling/best-selling], top-selling.
    * más veterano, el = seniormost, the.
    * más viejo que Matusalén = as old as Methuselah, as old as the hills, as old as the hills.
    * más votado = top-rated, top-ranked.
    * materia más general = broader subject.
    * menos blandeces y más mano dura = less of the carrot, more of the stick.
    * meter a Alguien de lleno en lo más difícil = throw in + at the deep end, throw in + at the deep end.
    * meterse de lleno en lo más difícil = swim in + the deep end, jump in at + the deep end.
    * metido en lo más difícil = in at the deep end.
    * mientras más, mejor = the more the merrier, the more the better.
    * mirada más de cerca = closer look.
    * miseria más absoluta = abject poverty.
    * muchas otras cosas más = much else besides.
    * muchísimo más = a whole lot more, an awful lot more.
    * muchísimo más + Adjetivo = infinitely + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más = order of magnitude, much more, much more so, a lot more, lots more.
    * mucho más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * mucho más + Adverbio = far more + Adverbio/Adjetivo.
    * mucho más cerca = far closer.
    * mucho más de = well over + Expresión Numérica.
    * mucho más rápido = far faster.
    * muchos más = a great many more.
    * nada + estar + más apartado de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth, nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la realidad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada + estar + más lejos de la verdad = nothing + can + be further from the truth.
    * nada más = anything else, nothing else.
    * nada más y nada menos = as much as + Expresión Numérica.
    * nada más y nada menos que = in the order of + Cantidad, nothing less than.
    * nada más y nada menos que de = to the tune of + Cantidad.
    * nada más y nada menos que desde + Expresión Temporal = from as far back as + Expresión Temporal.
    * nada más y nada menos que + Número = as many as + Número.
    * nada puede estar más alejado de la realidad = nothing can be further from the truth.
    * nadie más = nobody else.
    * ni más ni menos = nothing more, nothing less, no more, no less.
    * no aguantar más = have had enough.
    * no dar más de sí = stretch + Nombre + to the limit, overstretch.
    * no hacer más que = do + no more than.
    * no importar lo más mínimo = could not care less.
    * no más que = in any more than.
    * Nombre + más o menos = Nombre + of sorts.
    * no poder hacer más que = do + little more than.
    * no saber qué más hacer = be at + Posesivo + wit's end.
    * no ser lo más adecuado para = ill suited to/for.
    * no ser más que = be nothing more than, be nothing but.
    * no tener la más mínima idea sobre Algo = Negativo + have + the foggiest idea.
    * no tener más alternativa que = have + no other option but.
    * no tener más remedio que = be stuck with, be left with the need to, get + stuck with.
    * no tener ni la más mínima posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no tener ni la más remota posibilidad = not to have a prayer.
    * no voy a aguantarlo más = not going to take it any more.
    * Número + de más = Número + too many.
    * Número + veces más = Número + times as many.
    * Número + veces más de = Número + times the number of.
    * nunca más = never again.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * optar por la solución más fácil = take + the easy way out.
    * otro + Nombre + más = further + Nombre, yet another + Nombre.
    * pagando un poco más = at additional cost.
    * pagar más de lo que se debería = overpay.
    * para complicar aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para confundir aun más las cosas = to add to the confusion.
    * para hacer más fácil = for ease of.
    * para más información = for further details.
    * para más inri = to cap it all (off), on top of everything else, but to make things worse, but to make matters worse.
    * para que quede más claro = for main effects.
    * para ser más explícito = to elaborate a little further.
    * pasar a cosas más agradables = on a happier note.
    * poco más = little else.
    * poner más fuerte = crank up.
    * ¡por lo más quieras! = Not on your life!.
    * por más que lo intento = for the life of me.
    * Posesivo + más cordial enhorabuena = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * Posesivo + más sinceras felicitaciones = Posesivo + heartiest congratulations.
    * precio de coste más margen de beneficios = cost-plus pricing.
    * presupuesto cada vez más pequeño = shrinking budget.
    * pruebas cada vez más concluyentes = mounting evidence.
    * quedar mucho más por hacer = much more needs to be done.
    * qué más = what else.
    * que no da más de sí = overstretched.
    * ¿quién más...? = who else...?.
    * rechazar sin más = dismiss + out of hand.
    * redondear al número entero más cercano = round up to + the nearest whole number.
    * requerir más destreza = be more of an art.
    * sacar más partido = get + more for + Posesivo + money.
    * sentir más ganas de hacer Algo = grow in + appetite.
    * sentirse más seguro de = gain + confidence (with/in).
    * separar aun más = widen + the gap between... and.
    * ser aun más = be all the more.
    * ser cada vez más importante = increase in + importance.
    * ser el punto más débil de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser el punto más flaco de Alguien = be at + Posesivo + weakest.
    * ser lo más parecido a = be as close as we come to.
    * ser lo que a Uno más le gusta = be + Posesivo + big scene.
    * ser más interno = inner being.
    * ser más un + Nombre = be more of a + Nombre.
    * ser mucho más = be all the more.
    * ser nada más y nada menos que = be nothing less than.
    * siempre querer más = enough + be + not/never + enough.
    * signo más (+) = addition sign (+), plus sign (+).
    * sin la más mínima duda = without the shadow of a doubt, beyond a shadow of a doubt.
    * sin más = out of hand, unceremoniously, unceremonious.
    * sin más dilación = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado, without warning.
    * sin más ni más = unceremoniously, unceremonious, for the love of it, without much ado.
    * sin más preámbulos = without (any) further ado, without (any) more ado.
    * sino más bien = rather.
    * sino (que) más bien = but rather.
    * supervivencia del más fuerte = survival of the fittest, survival of the strongest.
    * tarifa especial más barata = discount charge.
    * tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.
    * término más específico = narrower term.
    * todavía más + Adjetivo = all the more + Adjetivo.
    * tratar con más detalle = discuss + in greater detail.
    * una imagen vale más que mil palabras = a picture is worth more than ten thousand words.
    * una pieza más en la organización = a cog in the wheel.
    * una vez más = again, yet again.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más + Adjetivo = not the least + Adjetivo + Nombre, not the least of the + Adjetivo + Nombre.
    * uno de los + Nombre + más importante = not the least + Nombre, not the least of + Nombre.
    * uno de mas = one too many.
    * uno más = one of equals.
    * uno más de tantos en la organización = a cog in the machine.
    * unos días más tarde = a few days later.
    * véase + Nombre + para más información = refer to + Nombre + for details.
    * vender a un precio más barato que = undercut.
    * vender más barato = undercut.
    * venderse más que = outsell.
    * venta a un precio más barato = undercutting.
    * y Dios sabe qué más = and Heaven knows what else.
    * y más adelante = and beyond.
    * y más allá = and beyond.
    * y mucho más = and much more.
    * y mucho(s) más = and more.
    * y poco más = and little more.
    * ¡y qué más da! = so what!.
    * y unos cuantos más = and a few others.

    * * *
    /mas/
    A (en Col) = Muerte a Secuestradores
    B (en Ven) = Movimiento al Socialismo
    * * *

     

    Multiple Entries:
    mas    
    más
    mas conjunción (liter) but
    más adverbio
    1

    ◊ ¿tiene algo más barato/moderno? do you have anything cheaper/more modern;

    duran más they last longer;
    me gusta más sin azúcar I prefer it without sugar;
    ahora la vemos más we see more of her now;
    tendrás que estudiar más you'll have to study harder;
    más lejos/atrás further away/back;
    el más allá the other world;
    más que nunca more than ever;
    me gusta más el vino seco que el dulce I prefer dry wine to sweet, I like dry wine better than sweet;
    pesa más de lo que parece it's heavier than it looks;
    es más complicado de lo que tú crees it's more complicated than you think;
    eran más de las cinco it was after five o'clock;
    más de 30 more than 30, over 30

    2 ( superlativo):
    ◊ la más bonita/la más inteligente the prettiest/the most intelligent;

    el que más sabe the one who knows most;
    el que más me gusta the one I like best;
    estuvo de lo más divertido it was great fun
    3 ( en frases negativas):

    nadie más que ella nobody but her;
    no tengo más que esto this is all I have;
    no tuve más remedio I had no alternative;
    no juego más I'm not playing any more;
    nunca más never again
    4 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ◊ ¡cantó más bien…! she sang so well!;

    ¡qué cosa más rara! how strange!
    ■ adjetivo invariable
    1 ( comparativo) more;

    una vez más once more;
    ni un minuto más not a minute longer;
    hoy hace más calor it's warmer today;
    son más que nosotros there are more of them than us
    2 ( superlativo) most;

    las más de las veces more often than not
    3 ( con valor ponderativo):
    ◊ ¡me da más rabia …! it makes me so mad!;

    ¡tiene más amigos …! he has so many friends!
    4
    ◊ ¿qué más? what else?;

    nada/nadie más nothing/nobody else;
    algo/alguien más something/somebody else;
    ¿quién más vino? who else came?;
    ¿algo más? — nada más gracias anything else? — no, that's all, thank you
    ■ pronombre
    1 more;
    ◊ ¿te sirvo más? would you like some more?

    2 ( en locs)

    a más no poder: corrimos a más no poder we ran as fast o hard as we could;
    a más tardar at the latest;
    cuanto más at the most;
    de más: ¿tienes un lápiz de más? do you have a spare pencil?;
    me dio cinco dólares de más he gave me five dollars too much;
    no está de más repetirlo there's no harm in repeating it;
    es más in fact;
    más bien ( un poco) rather;
    más o menos ( aproximadamente) more or less;

    ( no muy bien) so-so;

    no más See Also→ nomás;
    por más: por más que llores however much you cry;
    por más que trataba however hard he tried;
    ¿qué más da? what does it matter?;
    sin más (ni más) just like that
    ■ preposición
    a) (Mat) ( en sumas) plus;

    ◊ 8+7 =15 (read as: ocho más siete (es) igual (a) quince) eight plus seven equals fifteen


    ◊ mil pesos, más los gastos a thousand pesos, plus expenses

    ■ sustantivo masculino
    plus sign
    mas conj frml but: sé que es difícil, mas no debes darte por vencido, I know it's hard, but you musn't give up
    más
    I adverbio & pron
    1 (aumento) more: necesito comprar más, I need to buy more
    me duele cada día más, it hurts more and more
    parte dos trozos más, cut two more pieces
    tendría que ser más barato, it should be cheaper
    asistieron más de cien personas, more than a hundred people attended
    (con pronombre interrogativo) else: ¿alguien más quiere repetir?, would anybody else like a second helping?
    (con pronombre indefinido) añádele algo más, add something else
    no sé nada más, I don't know anything else
    2 (comparación) more: es más complicado que el primero, it's more complicated than the first one
    eres más guapa que ella, you are prettier than her
    3 (superlativo) most: ella es la más divertida, she's the funniest
    lo más extraño del mundo, the strangest thing in the world
    4 (otra vez) no me llames más, que estoy trabajando, don't call me again, I'm busy
    no volví a verlo más, I never saw him again
    5 (sobre todo) debiste llamar, y más sabiendo que estoy sola, you should have phoned me, especially knowing I'm alone
    6 (otro) no tengo más cuchillo que éste, I have no other knife but this one
    7 exclamación so..., such a..., what a...!
    ¡está más pesado!, he's such a pain!
    ¡qué cosa más fea!, what an ugly thing!
    II prep Mat plus
    dos más dos, two plus o and two ➣ Ver nota en sumar
    ♦ Locuciones: de más, (de sobra): su comentario estuvo de más, his remark was unnecessary
    ¿tienes unas medias de más?, do you have a spare pair of tights?
    más bien, rather
    más o menos, more or less
    por más que, (aunque): por más que lo leo no logro entenderlo, no matter how many times I read it, I can't understand it
    sin más (ni más), just like that
    todo lo más, at most
    Ten cuidado con las frases hechas del tipo más borracho que una cuba o más bueno que el pan. Se traducen empleando as... as...: as drunk as a lord o as good as gold.
    ' más' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - abajo
    - abundar
    - acá
    - actualidad
    - adelante
    - adentro
    - aguantar
    - alargarse
    - algo
    - allá
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - amarre
    - ámbito
    - amortizar
    - ampliar
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - antes
    - aparecer
    - arriba
    - arrimarse
    - aunque
    - avivar
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastante
    - bien
    - bilis
    - bravucón
    - bravucona
    - bufido
    - cada
    - cargar
    - cerca
    - cerrarse
    - ciudad
    - colmo
    - comodidad
    - consolidar
    - consolidarse
    - construcción
    - contaminante
    - contestón
    - contestona
    - contraria
    - contrario
    - córcholis
    English:
    A
    - aboard
    - about
    - above
    - acceptable
    - accomplished
    - ado
    - adopt
    - advanced
    - advantage
    - advocate
    - afterwards
    - again
    - agree
    - agreeable
    - airport
    - all
    - along
    - aloud
    - alternative
    - always
    - ample
    - amplify
    - another
    - anticipate
    - antsy
    - anything
    - appropriate
    - arguable
    - art form
    - as
    - ask
    - awe-inspiring
    - barrel
    - basic
    - bat
    - become
    - begin
    - below
    - besides
    - best
    - better
    - beyond
    - big
    - bird
    - bit
    - bite
    - blue
    - bookshelf
    - boot
    * * *
    MAS [mas] nm (abrev de Movimiento al Socialismo)
    = left-wing political party in Argentina and Venezuela
    * * *
    conj but
    * * *
    mas conj
    pero: but
    más adv
    1) : more
    ¿hay algo más grande?: is there anything bigger?
    2) : most
    Luis es el más alto: Luis is the tallest
    3) : longer
    el sabor dura más: the flavor lasts longer
    4) : rather
    más querría andar: I would rather walk
    5)
    a mas : besides, in addition
    6)
    más allá : further
    7)
    qué... más... : what..., what a...
    ¡qué día más bonito!: what a beautiful day!
    más adj
    1) : more
    dáme dos kilos más: give me two more kilos
    2) : most
    la que ganó más dinero: the one who earned the most money
    3) : else
    ¿quién más quiere vino?: who else wants wine?
    más n
    : plus sign
    más prep
    : plus
    tres más dos es igual a cinco: three plus two equals five
    más pron
    1) : more
    ¿tienes más?: do you have more?
    2)
    a lo más : at most
    3)
    de mas : extra, excess
    4)
    más o menos : more or less, approximately
    5)
    por más que : no matter how much
    por más que corras no llegarás a tiempo: no matter how fast you run you won't arrive on time
    * * *
    más1 adv
    ¿quieres más arroz? do you want some more rice?
    ¿quién tiene más caramelos? who's got the most sweets?
    3. (con números, cantidades) more / over
    ¿quieres algo más? do you want anything else?
    ¿quién más estaba? who else was there?
    ¿nadie más? no one else?
    ¡qué casa más bonita! what a pretty house!
    ¡está más guapa! she's ever so pretty!
    de más (de sobra) spare / extra (demasiado) too much / too many
    más2 conj plus

    Spanish-English dictionary > más

  • 118 ventaja

    f.
    1 advantage (hecho favorable).
    tiene la ventaja de que es más manejable it has the advantage of being easier to handle
    ventajas fiscales tax breaks
    2 lead.
    dar ventaja a alguien to give somebody a start
    le dieron 2 metros de ventaja they gave him a 2-meter start
    llevar ventaja a alguien to have a lead over somebody
    3 advantage.
    4 head start, headstart, lead, leading position.
    5 perfidy.
    * * *
    1 (gen) advantage
    2 (provecho) profit; (beneficio) benefit
    \
    llevar ventaja a alguien to have the advantage over somebody
    sacar ventaja a alguien to be ahead of somebody
    sacar ventaja de algo to profit from something, take advantage of something, benefit from something
    ventaja para... (tenis) advantage to...
    * * *
    noun f.
    2) lead
    * * *
    SF
    1) (=beneficio) advantage

    llevar ventaja a algn — to have the advantage over sb, be ahead of sb, be one up on sb

    sacar ventaja de algo — (=aprovechar) to derive profit from sth; pey to use sth to one's own advantage

    2) (Dep) (en carrera) start, advantage; (Tenis) advantage; (en las apuestas) odds [pl]

    me dio una ventaja de cuatro metros, me dio cuatro metros de ventaja — he gave me a four metre start

    llevar ventaja — (en carrera) to be leading o ahead

    3) pl ventajas (en empleo) extras, perks *
    * * *
    a) ( beneficio) advantage

    lleva or tiene una ventaja de diez segundos — she has a ten-second lead

    * * *
    = advantage, asset, attraction, benefit, merit, strength, value, virtue, beauty, plus [pluses, -pl.], upside, perk, head start, strong point, mileage, edge, bonus [bonuses, -pl.].
    Ex. This has two advantages.
    Ex. The efficient analysis of professional and technical documents is an asset in many spheres of activity.
    Ex. Subject-type title indexes have two important attractions.
    Ex. The examples that follow will give you a glimpse of the important features and benefits of the SCI CD Edition.
    Ex. Much will be said later about the merits and drawbacks of the various types of index and approaches to indexing.
    Ex. One particular strength is that it is possible both to specify the area and the subject of the map.
    Ex. This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.
    Ex. Murra described a number of these enterprises, their virtues and weaknesses and the possible explanations for their demise.
    Ex. The digital form in which we will send information through the network is one of the beauties of modern technology.
    Ex. Whether these differences are pluses or minuses depends very much on a library's needs and expectations.
    Ex. The article 'The upside and downside of information highway capitology' compares the writings of optimistic futurists and pessimistic visionaries on the subject of the information superhighway.
    Ex. At almost every conference I've spoken at one of the perks is free conference registration.
    Ex. The article 'Providing a head start' explains the essential role toy libraries play in the school environment.
    Ex. One of the strong points of the DIALOG service is the documentation.
    Ex. Reports produced by government-sponsored projects may not be widely distributed until the government has had good mileage from them = Los informes obtenidos de los proyectos patrocinados por el gobierno puede que no se distribuyan de forma general hasta que el gobierno les haya sacado un buen provecho.
    Ex. Internet Explorer was rated as having a slight edge at 83 per cent over Netscape Navigator at 79 per cent.
    Ex. Such posts were regarded as a welcome bonus over and above the traditional base market.
    ----
    * aportar ventajas = bring + strengths.
    * aprovecharse de las ventajas que ambas partes ofrecen = get + the best of both worlds.
    * aprovecharse de las ventajas que cada parte ofrece = get + the best of all worlds.
    * con ventaja sobre el pelotón = ahead of the pack.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * encontrarse en ventaja = find + Reflexivo + at an advantage.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * obtener ventaja = gain + advantage.
    * obtener ventajas = reap + advantages.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.
    * posición de ventaja = high ground.
    * sacar ventaja = gain + one-upmanship.
    * ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.
    * ser una ventaja = be a plus.
    * tener una ventaja = get + a head start, have + an edge.
    * tener ventaja = have + an edge.
    * todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ventaja acumulada = cumulative advantage.
    * ventaja añadida = added advantage, added benefit.
    * ventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover advantage.
    * ventaja política = political advantage.
    * ventajas e inconvenientes = trade-off [tradeoff/trade off], ins and outs.
    * ventaja sobre la competencia = competitive edge, competitive advantage.
    * ventajas y desventajas = trade-off [tradeoff/trade off], pros and cons, benefits and pitfalls.
    * ventajas (y/o) desventajas = merits (and/or) demerits, advantages (and/or) disadvantages, strengths (and/or) weaknesses, pluses (and/or) minuses.
    * ver ventajas = see + advantages.
    * * *
    a) ( beneficio) advantage

    lleva or tiene una ventaja de diez segundos — she has a ten-second lead

    * * *
    = advantage, asset, attraction, benefit, merit, strength, value, virtue, beauty, plus [pluses, -pl.], upside, perk, head start, strong point, mileage, edge, bonus [bonuses, -pl.].

    Ex: This has two advantages.

    Ex: The efficient analysis of professional and technical documents is an asset in many spheres of activity.
    Ex: Subject-type title indexes have two important attractions.
    Ex: The examples that follow will give you a glimpse of the important features and benefits of the SCI CD Edition.
    Ex: Much will be said later about the merits and drawbacks of the various types of index and approaches to indexing.
    Ex: One particular strength is that it is possible both to specify the area and the subject of the map.
    Ex: This stop list is input to the computer before indexing can commence, and is a list of the words which appear in text which have no value as access words in an index.
    Ex: Murra described a number of these enterprises, their virtues and weaknesses and the possible explanations for their demise.
    Ex: The digital form in which we will send information through the network is one of the beauties of modern technology.
    Ex: Whether these differences are pluses or minuses depends very much on a library's needs and expectations.
    Ex: The article 'The upside and downside of information highway capitology' compares the writings of optimistic futurists and pessimistic visionaries on the subject of the information superhighway.
    Ex: At almost every conference I've spoken at one of the perks is free conference registration.
    Ex: The article 'Providing a head start' explains the essential role toy libraries play in the school environment.
    Ex: One of the strong points of the DIALOG service is the documentation.
    Ex: Reports produced by government-sponsored projects may not be widely distributed until the government has had good mileage from them = Los informes obtenidos de los proyectos patrocinados por el gobierno puede que no se distribuyan de forma general hasta que el gobierno les haya sacado un buen provecho.
    Ex: Internet Explorer was rated as having a slight edge at 83 per cent over Netscape Navigator at 79 per cent.
    Ex: Such posts were regarded as a welcome bonus over and above the traditional base market.
    * aportar ventajas = bring + strengths.
    * aprovecharse de las ventajas que ambas partes ofrecen = get + the best of both worlds.
    * aprovecharse de las ventajas que cada parte ofrece = get + the best of all worlds.
    * con ventaja sobre el pelotón = ahead of the pack.
    * dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.
    * dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * encontrarse en ventaja = find + Reflexivo + at an advantage.
    * la ventaja de = the beauty of.
    * la ventaja es que = on the positive side, the advantage is that, on the bright side.
    * obtener ventaja = gain + advantage.
    * obtener ventajas = reap + advantages.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.
    * posición de ventaja = high ground.
    * sacar ventaja = gain + one-upmanship.
    * ser todo ventajas = the best of both worlds.
    * ser una ventaja = be a plus.
    * tener una ventaja = get + a head start, have + an edge.
    * tener ventaja = have + an edge.
    * todo tiene sus ventajas y sus inconvenientes = swings and roundabouts, what you lose on the swings you gain on the roundabouts.
    * ventaja acumulada = cumulative advantage.
    * ventaja añadida = added advantage, added benefit.
    * ventaja del primero en tomar la iniciativa = first-mover advantage.
    * ventaja política = political advantage.
    * ventajas e inconvenientes = trade-off [tradeoff/trade off], ins and outs.
    * ventaja sobre la competencia = competitive edge, competitive advantage.
    * ventajas y desventajas = trade-off [tradeoff/trade off], pros and cons, benefits and pitfalls.
    * ventajas (y/o) desventajas = merits (and/or) demerits, advantages (and/or) disadvantages, strengths (and/or) weaknesses, pluses (and/or) minuses.
    * ver ventajas = see + advantages.

    * * *
    1 (beneficio, provecho) advantage
    esa zona tiene la ventaja de que está muy bien comunicada that area has the advantage of being well served by public transport
    tienes ventaja porque tienes más experiencia que yo you have an advantage because you're more experienced than I am
    2
    (en una carrera): lleva or tiene una ventaja de diez segundos/metros she has a ten-second/ten-meter lead
    te doy una ventaja de tres metros I'll give you a three-meter start o advantage
    sacó ventaja en la curva he pulled ahead on the bend
    estaba jugando con ventaja he was at o he had an advantage
    * * *

     

    ventaja sustantivo femenino


    tienes ventaja por tu experiencia you have an advantage because of your experience
    b) ( en carrera):


    jugar con ventaja to be at an advantage
    ventaja sustantivo femenino
    1 advantage
    2 Dep (en carrera) les lleva treinta segundos de ventaja, he's thirty seconds ahead of them
    (tenis) advantage
    ' ventaja' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    beneficio
    - bien
    - delantera
    - grande
    - llevar
    - presentar
    - pro
    English:
    advantage
    - ahead
    - asset
    - benefit
    - blessing
    - bonus
    - boon
    - edge
    - hand
    - interest
    - lead
    - merit
    - perk
    - start
    - up
    - vantage
    - advantageous
    - definite
    - fringe
    - head
    - lap
    - plus
    - virtue
    * * *
    1. [hecho favorable] advantage;
    tiene la ventaja de que es más manejable it has the advantage of being easier to handle;
    tenemos que sacarle las ventajas a la situación we might as well look on the bright side
    Com ventaja competitiva competitive advantage;
    ventajas fiscales tax breaks;
    invertir en cultura ofrece ventajas fiscales there are tax advantages to investing in culture
    2. [en competición] lead;
    dar ventaja a alguien to give sb a start;
    le dieron dos metros de ventaja they gave him a two-metre start;
    llevar ventaja a alguien to have a lead over sb;
    saca tres minutos de ventaja al pelotón he has a three-minute lead over the pack, he's three minutes ahead of o clear of the pack
    3. [en tenis] advantage;
    ventaja Hingis advantage Hingis
    * * *
    f
    1 advantage;
    sacar ventaja de algo derive benefit from sth;
    ganar ventaja gain the advantage;
    llevar ventaja a alguien have an advantage over s.o.
    2 DEP en carrera, partido lead
    * * *
    1) : advantage
    2) : lead, head start
    3) ventajas nfpl
    : perks, extras
    * * *
    ventaja n advantage

    Spanish-English dictionary > ventaja

  • 119 tipo

    m.
    1 guy, chap, fellow, character.
    2 type, category, kind, class.
    Un nuevo orden de dificultad A new kind of difficulty.
    3 letter type, type.
    * * *
    1 (clase) type, kind
    2 FINANZAS rate
    3 ANATOMÍA (de hombre) build, physique; (de mujer) figure
    4 familiar (persona) guy, fellow, bloke
    \
    aguantar el tipo figurado to keep cool, keep calm
    dar el tipo figurado to fit a description, fit the bill
    jugarse el tipo figurado to risk one's neck
    tener buen tipo (hombre) to be well-built 2 (mujer) to have a good figure
    todo tipo de all kind of, all kinds of
    tipo de cambio FINANZAS rate of exchange
    tipo de interés FINANZAS rate of interest
    tipo raro weirdo, oddball
    * * *
    1. noun m.
    1) type
    2) kind, sort
    •
    2. (f. - tipa)
    noun
    guy / gal
    * * *
    tipo, -a
    1.
    SM / F * (=individuo) (=hombre) guy *, bloke *; (=mujer) chick *, bird *, dame (EEUU) *

    ¿quién es ese tipo? — who's that guy o bloke? *

    tipa
    2. SM
    1) (=clase) type, kind, sort

    un coche de otro tipo pero del mismo precio — a different type o kind o sort of car but for the same price

    todo tipo de... — all sorts o kinds of...

    2) (Bot, Literat, Zool) type
    3) (Com, Econ) rate

    tipo bancario, tipo base — base rate

    4) (=figura, cuerpo) [de hombre] build; [de mujer] figure

    tener buen tipo — [hombre] to be well built; [mujer] to have a good figure

    5) (Tip) type
    3. ADJ INV
    1) (=similar a)
    2) (=típico) average, typical

    dos conductores tipo — two average o typical drivers

    * * *
    I
    - pa masculino, femenino (fam) (m) guy (colloq), bloke (BrE colloq); (f) woman
    II
    1) ( clase) kind, type, sort
    2)
    a) ( figura - de mujer) figure; (- de hombre) physique

    jugarse el tipo — (Esp fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    b) ( aspecto) appearance

    dar el tipo — (Esp) to be the type

    3) (Fin) rate
    4) (Impr) type
    5) (como adj inv) typical

    una serie tipo `Dallas' — a `Dallas'-type series

    6) (como adv) (CS fam) around, about
    * * *
    I
    - pa masculino, femenino (fam) (m) guy (colloq), bloke (BrE colloq); (f) woman
    II
    1) ( clase) kind, type, sort
    2)
    a) ( figura - de mujer) figure; (- de hombre) physique

    jugarse el tipo — (Esp fam) to risk one's neck (colloq)

    b) ( aspecto) appearance

    dar el tipo — (Esp) to be the type

    3) (Fin) rate
    4) (Impr) type
    5) (como adj inv) typical

    una serie tipo `Dallas' — a `Dallas'-type series

    6) (como adv) (CS fam) around, about
    * * *
    tipo1
    1 = category, class, degree, form, kind, nature, sort, type, ilk, stripe.

    Ex: For some categories of materials it can be difficult to distinguish publishers from distributors and/or producers.

    Ex: The following highlights are what this first class of Fellows recall of their time overseas.
    Ex: This degree of standardisation is not the pattern outside of this specific area of application.
    Ex: It is under the chosen form of heading that the catalogue entry for a particular document is filed and hence located.
    Ex: Document descriptions may be drafted for a wide variety of different kinds of library material, but some common principles can be established.
    Ex: Since all of the headings are alphabetical words, it is possible to interfile entries regardless of the nature of their heading.
    Ex: Thoughts of this sort kept running about like clockwork mice in his head, while the murmur of chatter filled the room and outside dusk had yielded to black night.
    Ex: There are a number of types of abstracts or labels that can be applied to abstracts.
    Ex: Perhaps she would be well advised to read that book and others of its ilk to see if she could learn something about surviving in the corporate world.
    Ex: The field of computational linguistics is exciting insomuch as it permits linguists of different stripes to model language behaviour.
    * algún tipo de = some, some sort of.
    * algún tipo de + Nombre = one kind of + Nombre + or another.
    * almuerzo tipo bufé = lunch buffet, buffet lunch.
    * asociación de compradores de un tipo de productos = consumers union.
    * con todo tipo de comodidades = with all mods and cons.
    * con todo tipo de lujos = with all mods and cons.
    * contra todo (tipo) de riesgo = against all risks.
    * de algún tipo = of some description.
    * de algún tipo u otro = of some sort.
    * de cierto tipo = of a sort, of sorts.
    * de cualquier tipo = in any way [in anyway], in all forms.
    * de diversos tipos = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * de diverso tipo = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another.
    * del mismo tipo que las oficinas = office-type.
    * de tipo general = broad scoped.
    * de tipo medio = middle-range.
    * de todos los tipos = of all stripes.
    * de todo tipo = of all sorts, of every sort, of all stripes, of all shapes and sizes.
    * de un tipo u otro = of one type or another, of one sort or another, of one kind or another, of some description.
    * de varios tipos = multitype [multi-type].
    * diabetes del tipo 2 = type 2 diabetes.
    * el tipo de = the range of.
    * ese tipo de cosas = that sort of thing.
    * este tipo de = such.
    * este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * examen tipo test = multiple choice test.
    * existen de muchos tipos = come in + many guises.
    * gente de todo tipo = people from all walks of life.
    * haber de muchos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * haber de muy diversos tipos = come in + all/many (sorts of) shapes and sizes.
    * identidad clase-tipo = type-token identity.
    * índice permutado del tipo KWIC = KWICed index.
    * mismo tipo de = same range of.
    * necesitar tomar cierto tipo de decisiones = require + judgement.
    * Nombre + de este tipo = such + Nombre.
    * para todo tipo de tiempo = all-weather.
    * pregunta tipo test = multiple choice question.
    * que combina diferentes tipos de re = multi-source [multi source].
    * recorte de los tipos de interés = rate cut, interest-rate cut.
    * reducción de los tipos de interés = interest-rate cut.
    * reducción de tipo impositivo = tax abatement.
    * relación clase-tipo = type-token ratio.
    * ser de un tipo diferente = be different in kind, differ in + kind (from).
    * sin ningún tipo de restricciones = no holds barred.
    * sistema bibliotecario de bibliotecas de un sólo tipo = single-type library system.
    * sistema bibliotecario de bibliotecas de varios tipos = multitype library system.
    * subida de los tipos de interés = rate increase, interest-rate increase.
    * tipo de cambio = exchange rate, rate of exchange.
    * tipo de cuidado = nasty piece of work.
    * tipo de gravamen = tax rate.
    * tipo de gravamen marginal = marginal tax rate.
    * tipo de impuestos = band of taxation.
    * tipo de interés = interest rate.
    * tipo de interés base = base rate, prime rate.
    * tipo de interés preferente = base rate, prime rate.
    * tipo de persona = public.
    * tipo de resumen = abstracting format.
    * tipo de servicio = style of service.
    * tipo fiscal = tax rate.
    * tipo fiscal marginal = marginal tax rate.
    * tipo impositivo = income tax bracket, tax rate, tax bracket.
    * tipo impositivo marginal = marginal tax rate.
    * tipo noticias = news-type.
    * tipo preferencial = preferential rate.
    * tipo preferente = preferential rate.
    * tipo publicitario = display type.
    * tipos como = the likes of.
    * tipos de búsqueda = retrieval facilities, search facilities.
    * tipos reducción de los tipos de interés = rate cut.
    * tipo televisor = television-type.
    * todo tipo de = all sorts of, all manner of.
    * todo tipo de gustos = all shades of opinion.
    * un tipo de = a kind of.
    * variación de los tipos de cambio = exchange rate change.
    * y todo este tipo de cosas = and all this sort of thing.

    tipo2
    2 = font, face, type, fount.
    Nota: Un grupo de caracteres tipográficos de un tamaño determinado, como por ejemplo Roman 8.

    Ex: No longer is the user constrained to a supplied set of fonts.

    Ex: The demand for the old faces came to an abrupt end and the founders withdrew them from sale, some even destroying the old punches and matrices as so much scrap.
    Ex: Plaster was mixed with water and poured over the type, and allowed to set; when it had hardened it was lifted off the page (the oil preventing it from sticking to the type), and baked hard in an oven.
    Ex: Incunabulists, indeed, work on the assumption that a fount belonging to a fifteenth-century printer was unique to him, which is likely to be true enough of the fount as cast, but is not necessarily true of its punches.
    * altura del tipo movible = height-to-paper, type height.
    * diseñador de tipos = type designer.
    * diseño de tipos = type design [type-design].
    * fundición de tipos = typefounding.
    * fundidor de tipos = punch-cutter [punchcutter], type-founder [typefounder], cutter of type.
    * fundir tipos = cast + type.
    * machacar los tipos = batter + type.
    * máquina fundidora de tipos = typecasting machine.
    * taller de fundición de tipos = type-foundry.
    * tipo autoespaciador = self-spacing type.
    * tipo decorativo = display type.
    * tipo de imprenta = book face, printing type, type.
    * tipo de letra = type face [typeface], typing, type font [typefont], fount, type specimen [type-specimen], fount of type.
    * tipo fundido = cast type.
    * tipo movible = punch.
    * tipo movible de acento = accent punch.
    * tipo móvil = moveable type.
    * tipos móviles = movable type.

    tipo3
    3 = fellow, chap, guy, dude, joker, bloke.
    Nota: Coloquial.

    Ex: From the skimming he had given their writings he knew that something like a chemical agent was working in Balzac's defenseless mind, and that the hapless fellow was trying not to succumb to it.

    Ex: In practice, however, such democratic attitudes among the mighty seem to have as little effect on the behaviour of those who serve them as did the remark made by King George V at his Jubilee in 1935, 'I'm really quite an ordinary sort of chap'.
    Ex: The general opinion of Edward Wood seemed to be summed up in the words of one staff member, who said, 'Ed Wood's a prince of a guy'.
    Ex: This is one of those movies that preaches nonviolence, even as the good guy is knocking the hell out of a few dozen dudes.
    Ex: Then I followed these two jokers to a liquor store where they got them some alchy.
    Ex: The blokes don't bat an eyelid that you're a girl -- they take no prisoners when they're trying to get the ball!.
    * jugarse el tipo (por) = stick + Posesivo + neck out (for).
    * mantener el tipo = keep + a stiff upper lip.

    * * *
    tipo1 -pa
    masculine, feminine
    1 ( fam) ( masculine) guy ( colloq); ( feminine) woman
    me parece una tipa sensacional I think she's an amazing woman
    2 ( pey) ( masculine) guy ( colloq), character ( pej), woman, female ( colloq pej)
    ¿pero qué se habrá creído este tipo? but who does this guy o character think he is?
    A (clase) kind, type, sort
    tiene todo tipo de herramientas en el taller he has all kinds of tools in his workshop
    ¿qué tipo de música te gusta más? what sort of music do you like best?
    es muy simpático, pero no es mi tipo he's very nice, but he's not my type
    B ( Bot, Zool) type; (en antropología) type
    C
    1 (figura — de una mujer) figure; (de un hombre) physique
    aguantar or mantener el tipo ( Esp); to put on a brave face
    jugarse el tipo ( Esp); to risk one's neck
    lucir el tipo ( Esp); to parade around
    2 (aspecto) appearance
    será conde, pero no tiene tipo de aristócrata he may well be a count, but he doesn't look like an aristocrat
    una mujer de tipo distinguido a distinguished-looking woman
    dar el tipo ( Esp); to be the type
    no parece que dé el tipo he doesn't seem the type
    D ( Fin) rate
    Compuestos:
    exchange rate
    cross exchange rate
    ● tipo de interés preferencial or preferente
    prime rate
    E ( Impr) type
    F ( como adj inv) typical
    el/la profesional tipo the typical o average professional person
    exámenes tipo specimen papers
    una serie tipo Dallas a Dallas-type series
    G ( como adv) (CS fam) around, about
    vénganse tipo cuatro come around o about four o'clock
    * * *

     

    tipo 1
    ◊ -pa sustantivo masculino, femenino (fam) (m) guy (colloq), bloke (BrE colloq);


    (f) woman
    tipo 2 sustantivo masculino
    1 ( clase) kind, type, sort;

    no es mi tipo he's not my type
    2 ( figura — de mujer) figure;
    (— de hombre) physique
    3 ( como adv) (CS fam) around, about;

    tipo sustantivo masculino
    1 (modelo, clase) type, kind, sort: María no es mi tipo, Maria isn't my type
    me gusta ese tipo de gente, I like that kind of people
    no es de ese tipo de personas, he's not that sort of person
    ese tipo de coche, that type o kind of car
    2 fam (individuo) guy, bloke, fellow
    tipo raro, weirdo
    un buen tipo, a good sort
    un tipo simpático, a nice chap
    3 (constitución física) build, physique
    (de mujer) figure: tiene buen tipo, she has a good figure
    4 Econ rate
    tipo de cambio, exchange rate
    tipo de descuento, bank rate
    tipo de interés, interest rate
    5 Tip (de letra) type
    Tip Inform font
    ♦ Locuciones: dar el tipo, to live up to other people's expectations
    figurado jugarse el tipo, to risk one's neck
    mantener o aguantar el tipo, to keep one's cool
    ' tipo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    beneficio
    - callada
    - callado
    - cambiar
    - catalogar
    - clase
    - cuidada
    - cuidado
    - delgada
    - delgado
    - desbordar
    - determinada
    - determinado
    - elemento
    - especie
    - estaquilla
    - fibra
    - fiebre
    - género
    - índole
    - lectura
    - macanuda
    - macanudo
    - más
    - mina
    - naturaleza
    - orden
    - puñetera
    - puñetero
    - scud
    - sedán
    - silueta
    - speed
    - suerte
    - tan
    - antipático
    - corriente
    - cuate
    - divertido
    - forma
    - fresco
    - fulano
    - grande
    - individuo
    - interés
    - interesar
    - loco
    - particular
    - pata
    - pesado
    English:
    ale
    - all
    - arrogant
    - bloke
    - boogie
    - brand
    - build
    - chap
    - class
    - clause
    - crook
    - current
    - delicatessen
    - deposit
    - description
    - duck
    - dude
    - exchange rate
    - figure
    - flaky
    - flat
    - form
    - freely
    - going
    - guy
    - high tops
    - individual
    - interest rate
    - kid
    - kind
    - lending
    - LIBOR
    - marmalade
    - muffin
    - neck
    - neither
    - nut
    - open
    - prime rate
    - rate
    - send down
    - shapely
    - sort
    - suited
    - survey
    - tax bracket
    - tough
    - trim
    - type
    - typeface
    * * *
    tipo, -a
    ♦ nm,f
    Fam [hombre] guy, Br bloke; [mujer] woman; [mujer joven] girl
    ♦ nm
    1. [clase] type, sort;
    no es mi tipo he's not my type;
    todo tipo de all sorts of;
    vinieron personas de todo tipo all sorts of people came;
    no me gustan las películas de ese tipo I don't like movies like that o those sorts of movies
    2. [cuerpo] [de mujer] figure;
    [de hombre] build;
    tiene muy buen tipo she has a very good body;
    Fam
    jugarse el tipo to risk one's neck;
    Fam
    aguantar o [m5] mantener el tipo to keep one's cool, not to lose one's head;
    dar el tipo to be up to standard o scratch
    3. Econ rate
    tipo básico [de interés] base rate; [de impuestos] basic rate;
    tipo de cambio exchange rate, rate of exchange;
    tipo de descuento discount rate;
    tipo impositivo tax rate;
    tipo de interés interest rate;
    tipo de interés fijo fixed interest rate;
    tipo de interés variable variable o floating interest rate;
    tipo marginal marginal rate;
    tipo mínimo minimum rate;
    tipo preferencial prime (lending) rate
    4. Imprenta type
    5. Biol type
    ♦ adj inv
    1. [estándar]
    el boliviano/la dieta tipo the average Bolivian/diet
    2.
    un pantalón tipo pitillo a pair of drainpipe trousers;
    una película tipo Rambo a Rambo-style movie
    ♦ adv
    RP Fam [aproximadamente] like;
    llegaron tipo nueve they arrived at, like, nine o'clock;
    se casó hace tipo cinco años she got married something like five years ago
    * * *
    m
    1 type, kind;
    no es mi tipo he’s not my type
    2 fam
    persona guy fam
    3 COM rate
    4
    :
    tener buen tipo de hombre be well built; de mujer have a good figure;
    jugarse el tipo fam risk one’s neck;
    aguantar el tipo fam keep one’s cool
    * * *
    tipo nm
    1) clase: type, kind, sort
    2) : figure, build, appearance
    3) : rate
    tipo de interés: interest rate
    4) : (printing) type, typeface
    5) : style, model
    un vestido tipo 60's: a 60's-style dress
    tipo, -pa n, fam : guy m, gal f, character
    * * *
    tipo n
    1. (clase) type / kind / sort
    ¿qué tipo de coche quieres? what sort of car do you want?
    2. (de mujer) figure
    es modelo, tiene buen tipo she's a model, she's got a good figure
    3. (de hombre) body
    4. (individuo) guy / bloke

    Spanish-English dictionary > tipo

  • 120 ÖR-

    (i. e. ør-), a prefixed particle, altered from us-; the s remains in usall = vesall, see p. 699, col. 2; also spelt er-, er-vita, Hkv.; or eyr-, eyr-grynni, Ó. H. 106; evr-lygi, Eg. (in a verse): [Ulf. us-; O. H. G. ur-; when uncompounded, see ór, mod. úr, p. 472; as a prefix to nouns, ör- or ör-, for which see p. 469, col. 2. Indeed, there is a strong probability that the negative prefix ó- is a contraction, not of un-, but of or-, so that ó-bættr is from or-bættr, ó-verðr from or-verðr, by agglutination of r, whereby the vowel becomes long (as the O. H. G. prefix ar- in A. S. appears â-): this would account for the fact, that in the very oldest and best vellums there is hardly a single instance of ú- for ó-, and this is the sole modern form not only all over Iceland, but also in most popular idioms of Norway and Sweden; a farther proof is that in many words or-, the ancient form, is preserved in a few vellums, especially of the Norse laws, in such rare forms as ör-sekr, ör-bætiligr, ör-vænt, and ó-vænt, where the current form is ó-sekr, etc.; so also, ör-keypis and ó-keypis, ör-grynni and ó-grynni, ör-hóf and ó-hóf. Therefore or-, not un-, is, we believe, the phonetical parent of the later Scandinavian negative prefix ó-. The extensive use of ör- and the utter absence of ú- or un- may be explained by the supposition that, for the sake of uniformity, all words beginning with ör- and un- gradually took the same form; for though in ancient days ör- was more extensively used than it is at present, it can hardly have been the sole form in all words now beginning with ó-]:—ör- is used as denoting a negative, as ör-grynni, a being bottomless; or lack or loss of, as ör-sekr, out of being sekr; ör-verðr.
    2. special usages are, what is of yore, as in ör-lög (cp. Germ. ur-, as in ur-theil, Engl. or-deal), ör-nefni, ör-gelmir, ör-vasi.
    3. in mod. usage ör- is prefixed to adjectives, = utterly, but only in instances denoting ‘smallness,’ or something negative, e. g. ör-grannr, ör-stuttr, ör-skammr, ör-grunnr, ör-mjör, ör-fátækr, ör-snauðr, ör-eyða, ör-taka, ör-reyta, qq. v.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ÖR-

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Form — • The original meaning of the term form, both in Greek and Latin, was and is that in common use • eidos, being translated, that which is seen, shape, etc., with secondary meanings derived from this, as form, sort, particular, kind, nature… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • words ending in gry — Meaning Origin This isn t a phrase but it is included here as many people search this site looking for the mythical third word ending in GRY . If you are one such, read the explanation below and relax you can stop searching. The story goes like… …   Meaning and origin of phrases

  • form — form1 W1S1 [fo:m US fo:rm] n ▬▬▬▬▬▬▬ 1¦(type)¦ 2¦(way something is/appears)¦ 3¦(shape)¦ 4¦(document)¦ 5¦(art/literature)¦ 6¦(performance)¦ 7¦(school)¦ 8¦(grammar)¦ 9¦(criminal record)¦ 10 bad form …   Dictionary of contemporary English

  • Words without vowels — In non rhotic English dialects, such as Received Pronunciation, every lexical word must contain at least one spoken vowel in its pronunciation. In rhotic dialects, such as General American, a word may contain no other vowel sounds if it instead… …   Wikipedia

  • form — n 1 Form, figure, shape, conformation, configuration are comparable when they denote the disposition or arrangement of content that gives a particular aspect or appearance to a thing as distinguished from the substance of which that thing is made …   New Dictionary of Synonyms

  • This Sporting Life (radio program) — This Sporting Life is a Triple J radio program, created by actor writer comedians John Doyle and Greig Pickhaver, who perform as their characters Roy and HG. First broadcast in 1986 and still on the air, it is one of the longest running, most… …   Wikipedia

  • form of the statute — This expression means the words, language, or frame of a statute, and hence the inhibition or command which it may contain; used in the phrase (in criminal pleading) against the form of the statute in that case made and provided. Forms of action …   Black's law dictionary

  • form of the statute — This expression means the words, language, or frame of a statute, and hence the inhibition or command which it may contain; used in the phrase (in criminal pleading) against the form of the statute in that case made and provided. Forms of action …   Black's law dictionary

  • This time the struggle is for our freedom — is a speech given by Bengali nationalist leader Sheikh Mujibur Rahman on March 7, 1971 at the historic Ramna Race Course Maidan in Dhaka to a gathering of over two million people from all walks of life. It was given at a time of simmering… …   Wikipedia

  • this - that — This and that are used as determiners or pronouns. The plural form of this is these. The plural form of that is those. See entries at ↑ this these and ↑ that those. This entry deals with the similarities and differences between the ways in which… …   Useful english dictionary

  • This Morning with Richard Not Judy — Genre Comedy Starring Stewart Lee Richard Herring Country …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»